Print this page
3742 zfs comments need cleaner, more consistent style
Submitted by: Will Andrews <willa@spectralogic.com>
Submitted by: Alan Somers <alans@spectralogic.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Eric Schrock <eric.schrock@delphix.com>
Split |
Close |
Expand all |
Collapse all |
--- old/usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/spa.c
+++ new/usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/spa.c
1 1 /*
2 2 * CDDL HEADER START
3 3 *
4 4 * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
5 5 * Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
6 6 * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
7 7 *
8 8 * You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
9 9 * or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
10 10 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions
11 11 * and limitations under the License.
12 12 *
13 13 * When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
14 14 * file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
15 15 * If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
16 16 * fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
17 17 * information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
18 18 *
19 19 * CDDL HEADER END
20 20 */
21 21
22 22 /*
23 23 * Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
24 24 * Copyright (c) 2013 by Delphix. All rights reserved.
25 25 * Copyright 2013 Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
26 26 */
27 27
28 28 /*
29 29 * SPA: Storage Pool Allocator
30 30 *
31 31 * This file contains all the routines used when modifying on-disk SPA state.
32 32 * This includes opening, importing, destroying, exporting a pool, and syncing a
33 33 * pool.
34 34 */
35 35
36 36 #include <sys/zfs_context.h>
37 37 #include <sys/fm/fs/zfs.h>
38 38 #include <sys/spa_impl.h>
39 39 #include <sys/zio.h>
40 40 #include <sys/zio_checksum.h>
41 41 #include <sys/dmu.h>
42 42 #include <sys/dmu_tx.h>
43 43 #include <sys/zap.h>
44 44 #include <sys/zil.h>
45 45 #include <sys/ddt.h>
46 46 #include <sys/vdev_impl.h>
47 47 #include <sys/metaslab.h>
48 48 #include <sys/metaslab_impl.h>
49 49 #include <sys/uberblock_impl.h>
50 50 #include <sys/txg.h>
51 51 #include <sys/avl.h>
52 52 #include <sys/dmu_traverse.h>
53 53 #include <sys/dmu_objset.h>
54 54 #include <sys/unique.h>
55 55 #include <sys/dsl_pool.h>
56 56 #include <sys/dsl_dataset.h>
57 57 #include <sys/dsl_dir.h>
58 58 #include <sys/dsl_prop.h>
59 59 #include <sys/dsl_synctask.h>
60 60 #include <sys/fs/zfs.h>
61 61 #include <sys/arc.h>
62 62 #include <sys/callb.h>
63 63 #include <sys/systeminfo.h>
64 64 #include <sys/spa_boot.h>
65 65 #include <sys/zfs_ioctl.h>
66 66 #include <sys/dsl_scan.h>
67 67 #include <sys/zfeature.h>
68 68 #include <sys/dsl_destroy.h>
69 69
70 70 #ifdef _KERNEL
71 71 #include <sys/bootprops.h>
72 72 #include <sys/callb.h>
73 73 #include <sys/cpupart.h>
74 74 #include <sys/pool.h>
75 75 #include <sys/sysdc.h>
76 76 #include <sys/zone.h>
77 77 #endif /* _KERNEL */
78 78
79 79 #include "zfs_prop.h"
80 80 #include "zfs_comutil.h"
81 81
82 82 typedef enum zti_modes {
83 83 ZTI_MODE_FIXED, /* value is # of threads (min 1) */
84 84 ZTI_MODE_ONLINE_PERCENT, /* value is % of online CPUs */
85 85 ZTI_MODE_BATCH, /* cpu-intensive; value is ignored */
86 86 ZTI_MODE_NULL, /* don't create a taskq */
87 87 ZTI_NMODES
88 88 } zti_modes_t;
89 89
90 90 #define ZTI_P(n, q) { ZTI_MODE_FIXED, (n), (q) }
91 91 #define ZTI_PCT(n) { ZTI_MODE_ONLINE_PERCENT, (n), 1 }
92 92 #define ZTI_BATCH { ZTI_MODE_BATCH, 0, 1 }
93 93 #define ZTI_NULL { ZTI_MODE_NULL, 0, 0 }
94 94
95 95 #define ZTI_N(n) ZTI_P(n, 1)
96 96 #define ZTI_ONE ZTI_N(1)
97 97
98 98 typedef struct zio_taskq_info {
99 99 zti_modes_t zti_mode;
100 100 uint_t zti_value;
101 101 uint_t zti_count;
102 102 } zio_taskq_info_t;
103 103
104 104 static const char *const zio_taskq_types[ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES] = {
105 105 "issue", "issue_high", "intr", "intr_high"
106 106 };
107 107
108 108 /*
109 109 * This table defines the taskq settings for each ZFS I/O type. When
110 110 * initializing a pool, we use this table to create an appropriately sized
111 111 * taskq. Some operations are low volume and therefore have a small, static
112 112 * number of threads assigned to their taskqs using the ZTI_N(#) or ZTI_ONE
113 113 * macros. Other operations process a large amount of data; the ZTI_BATCH
114 114 * macro causes us to create a taskq oriented for throughput. Some operations
115 115 * are so high frequency and short-lived that the taskq itself can become a a
116 116 * point of lock contention. The ZTI_P(#, #) macro indicates that we need an
117 117 * additional degree of parallelism specified by the number of threads per-
118 118 * taskq and the number of taskqs; when dispatching an event in this case, the
119 119 * particular taskq is chosen at random.
120 120 *
121 121 * The different taskq priorities are to handle the different contexts (issue
122 122 * and interrupt) and then to reserve threads for ZIO_PRIORITY_NOW I/Os that
123 123 * need to be handled with minimum delay.
124 124 */
125 125 const zio_taskq_info_t zio_taskqs[ZIO_TYPES][ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES] = {
126 126 /* ISSUE ISSUE_HIGH INTR INTR_HIGH */
127 127 { ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL, ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL }, /* NULL */
128 128 { ZTI_N(8), ZTI_NULL, ZTI_BATCH, ZTI_NULL }, /* READ */
129 129 { ZTI_BATCH, ZTI_N(5), ZTI_N(8), ZTI_N(5) }, /* WRITE */
130 130 { ZTI_P(12, 8), ZTI_NULL, ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL }, /* FREE */
131 131 { ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL, ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL }, /* CLAIM */
132 132 { ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL, ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL }, /* IOCTL */
133 133 };
134 134
135 135 static void spa_sync_version(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx);
136 136 static void spa_sync_props(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx);
137 137 static boolean_t spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t *spa);
138 138 static int spa_load_impl(spa_t *spa, uint64_t, nvlist_t *config,
139 139 spa_load_state_t state, spa_import_type_t type, boolean_t mosconfig,
140 140 char **ereport);
141 141 static void spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t *spa);
142 142
143 143 uint_t zio_taskq_batch_pct = 100; /* 1 thread per cpu in pset */
144 144 id_t zio_taskq_psrset_bind = PS_NONE;
145 145 boolean_t zio_taskq_sysdc = B_TRUE; /* use SDC scheduling class */
146 146 uint_t zio_taskq_basedc = 80; /* base duty cycle */
147 147
148 148 boolean_t spa_create_process = B_TRUE; /* no process ==> no sysdc */
149 149 extern int zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free;
150 150
151 151 /*
152 152 * This (illegal) pool name is used when temporarily importing a spa_t in order
153 153 * to get the vdev stats associated with the imported devices.
154 154 */
155 155 #define TRYIMPORT_NAME "$import"
156 156
157 157 /*
158 158 * ==========================================================================
159 159 * SPA properties routines
160 160 * ==========================================================================
161 161 */
162 162
163 163 /*
164 164 * Add a (source=src, propname=propval) list to an nvlist.
165 165 */
166 166 static void
167 167 spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t *nvl, zpool_prop_t prop, char *strval,
168 168 uint64_t intval, zprop_source_t src)
169 169 {
170 170 const char *propname = zpool_prop_to_name(prop);
171 171 nvlist_t *propval;
172 172
173 173 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&propval, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
174 174 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval, ZPROP_SOURCE, src) == 0);
175 175
176 176 if (strval != NULL)
177 177 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(propval, ZPROP_VALUE, strval) == 0);
178 178 else
179 179 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval, ZPROP_VALUE, intval) == 0);
180 180
181 181 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(nvl, propname, propval) == 0);
182 182 nvlist_free(propval);
183 183 }
184 184
185 185 /*
186 186 * Get property values from the spa configuration.
187 187 */
188 188 static void
189 189 spa_prop_get_config(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t **nvp)
190 190 {
191 191 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
192 192 dsl_pool_t *pool = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
193 193 uint64_t size;
194 194 uint64_t alloc;
195 195 uint64_t space;
196 196 uint64_t cap, version;
197 197 zprop_source_t src = ZPROP_SRC_NONE;
198 198 spa_config_dirent_t *dp;
199 199
200 200 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_props_lock));
201 201
202 202 if (rvd != NULL) {
203 203 alloc = metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_normal_class(spa));
204 204 size = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
205 205 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_NAME, spa_name(spa), 0, src);
206 206 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_SIZE, NULL, size, src);
207 207 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_ALLOCATED, NULL, alloc, src);
208 208 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREE, NULL,
209 209 size - alloc, src);
210 210
211 211 space = 0;
212 212 for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
213 213 vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
214 214 space += tvd->vdev_max_asize - tvd->vdev_asize;
215 215 }
216 216 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_EXPANDSZ, NULL, space,
217 217 src);
218 218
219 219 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY, NULL,
220 220 (spa_mode(spa) == FREAD), src);
221 221
222 222 cap = (size == 0) ? 0 : (alloc * 100 / size);
223 223 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CAPACITY, NULL, cap, src);
224 224
225 225 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPRATIO, NULL,
226 226 ddt_get_pool_dedup_ratio(spa), src);
227 227
228 228 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_HEALTH, NULL,
229 229 rvd->vdev_state, src);
230 230
231 231 version = spa_version(spa);
232 232 if (version == zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION))
233 233 src = ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT;
234 234 else
235 235 src = ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL;
236 236 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION, NULL, version, src);
237 237 }
238 238
239 239 if (pool != NULL) {
240 240 dsl_dir_t *freedir = pool->dp_free_dir;
241 241
242 242 /*
243 243 * The $FREE directory was introduced in SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS,
244 244 * when opening pools before this version freedir will be NULL.
245 245 */
246 246 if (freedir != NULL) {
247 247 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING, NULL,
248 248 freedir->dd_phys->dd_used_bytes, src);
249 249 } else {
250 250 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING,
251 251 NULL, 0, src);
252 252 }
253 253 }
254 254
255 255 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_GUID, NULL, spa_guid(spa), src);
256 256
257 257 if (spa->spa_comment != NULL) {
258 258 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT, spa->spa_comment,
259 259 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
260 260 }
261 261
262 262 if (spa->spa_root != NULL)
263 263 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT, spa->spa_root,
264 264 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
265 265
266 266 if ((dp = list_head(&spa->spa_config_list)) != NULL) {
267 267 if (dp->scd_path == NULL) {
268 268 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE,
269 269 "none", 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
270 270 } else if (strcmp(dp->scd_path, spa_config_path) != 0) {
271 271 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE,
272 272 dp->scd_path, 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
273 273 }
274 274 }
275 275 }
276 276
277 277 /*
278 278 * Get zpool property values.
279 279 */
280 280 int
281 281 spa_prop_get(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t **nvp)
282 282 {
283 283 objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
284 284 zap_cursor_t zc;
285 285 zap_attribute_t za;
286 286 int err;
287 287
288 288 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(nvp, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
289 289
290 290 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
291 291
292 292 /*
293 293 * Get properties from the spa config.
294 294 */
295 295 spa_prop_get_config(spa, nvp);
296 296
297 297 /* If no pool property object, no more prop to get. */
298 298 if (mos == NULL || spa->spa_pool_props_object == 0) {
299 299 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
300 300 return (0);
301 301 }
302 302
303 303 /*
304 304 * Get properties from the MOS pool property object.
305 305 */
306 306 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, mos, spa->spa_pool_props_object);
307 307 (err = zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za)) == 0;
308 308 zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
309 309 uint64_t intval = 0;
310 310 char *strval = NULL;
311 311 zprop_source_t src = ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT;
312 312 zpool_prop_t prop;
313 313
314 314 if ((prop = zpool_name_to_prop(za.za_name)) == ZPROP_INVAL)
315 315 continue;
316 316
317 317 switch (za.za_integer_length) {
318 318 case 8:
319 319 /* integer property */
320 320 if (za.za_first_integer !=
321 321 zpool_prop_default_numeric(prop))
322 322 src = ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL;
323 323
324 324 if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS) {
325 325 dsl_pool_t *dp;
326 326 dsl_dataset_t *ds = NULL;
327 327
328 328 dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
329 329 dsl_pool_config_enter(dp, FTAG);
330 330 if (err = dsl_dataset_hold_obj(dp,
331 331 za.za_first_integer, FTAG, &ds)) {
332 332 dsl_pool_config_exit(dp, FTAG);
333 333 break;
334 334 }
335 335
336 336 strval = kmem_alloc(
337 337 MAXNAMELEN + strlen(MOS_DIR_NAME) + 1,
338 338 KM_SLEEP);
339 339 dsl_dataset_name(ds, strval);
340 340 dsl_dataset_rele(ds, FTAG);
341 341 dsl_pool_config_exit(dp, FTAG);
342 342 } else {
343 343 strval = NULL;
344 344 intval = za.za_first_integer;
345 345 }
346 346
347 347 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, prop, strval, intval, src);
348 348
349 349 if (strval != NULL)
350 350 kmem_free(strval,
351 351 MAXNAMELEN + strlen(MOS_DIR_NAME) + 1);
352 352
353 353 break;
354 354
355 355 case 1:
356 356 /* string property */
357 357 strval = kmem_alloc(za.za_num_integers, KM_SLEEP);
358 358 err = zap_lookup(mos, spa->spa_pool_props_object,
359 359 za.za_name, 1, za.za_num_integers, strval);
360 360 if (err) {
361 361 kmem_free(strval, za.za_num_integers);
362 362 break;
363 363 }
364 364 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, prop, strval, 0, src);
365 365 kmem_free(strval, za.za_num_integers);
366 366 break;
367 367
368 368 default:
369 369 break;
370 370 }
371 371 }
372 372 zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
373 373 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
374 374 out:
375 375 if (err && err != ENOENT) {
376 376 nvlist_free(*nvp);
377 377 *nvp = NULL;
378 378 return (err);
379 379 }
380 380
381 381 return (0);
382 382 }
383 383
384 384 /*
385 385 * Validate the given pool properties nvlist and modify the list
386 386 * for the property values to be set.
387 387 */
388 388 static int
389 389 spa_prop_validate(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *props)
390 390 {
391 391 nvpair_t *elem;
392 392 int error = 0, reset_bootfs = 0;
393 393 uint64_t objnum = 0;
394 394 boolean_t has_feature = B_FALSE;
395 395
396 396 elem = NULL;
397 397 while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, elem)) != NULL) {
398 398 uint64_t intval;
399 399 char *strval, *slash, *check, *fname;
400 400 const char *propname = nvpair_name(elem);
401 401 zpool_prop_t prop = zpool_name_to_prop(propname);
402 402
403 403 switch (prop) {
404 404 case ZPROP_INVAL:
405 405 if (!zpool_prop_feature(propname)) {
406 406 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
407 407 break;
408 408 }
409 409
410 410 /*
411 411 * Sanitize the input.
412 412 */
413 413 if (nvpair_type(elem) != DATA_TYPE_UINT64) {
414 414 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
415 415 break;
416 416 }
417 417
418 418 if (nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval) != 0) {
419 419 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
420 420 break;
421 421 }
422 422
423 423 if (intval != 0) {
424 424 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
425 425 break;
426 426 }
427 427
428 428 fname = strchr(propname, '@') + 1;
429 429 if (zfeature_lookup_name(fname, NULL) != 0) {
430 430 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
431 431 break;
432 432 }
433 433
434 434 has_feature = B_TRUE;
435 435 break;
436 436
437 437 case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION:
438 438 error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
439 439 if (!error &&
440 440 (intval < spa_version(spa) ||
441 441 intval > SPA_VERSION_BEFORE_FEATURES ||
442 442 has_feature))
443 443 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
444 444 break;
445 445
446 446 case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION:
447 447 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE:
448 448 case ZPOOL_PROP_LISTSNAPS:
449 449 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND:
450 450 error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
451 451 if (!error && intval > 1)
452 452 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
453 453 break;
454 454
455 455 case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS:
456 456 /*
457 457 * If the pool version is less than SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS,
458 458 * or the pool is still being created (version == 0),
459 459 * the bootfs property cannot be set.
460 460 */
461 461 if (spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS) {
462 462 error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
463 463 break;
464 464 }
465 465
466 466 /*
467 467 * Make sure the vdev config is bootable
468 468 */
469 469 if (!vdev_is_bootable(spa->spa_root_vdev)) {
470 470 error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
471 471 break;
472 472 }
473 473
474 474 reset_bootfs = 1;
475 475
476 476 error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval);
477 477
478 478 if (!error) {
479 479 objset_t *os;
480 480 uint64_t compress;
481 481
482 482 if (strval == NULL || strval[0] == '\0') {
483 483 objnum = zpool_prop_default_numeric(
484 484 ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS);
485 485 break;
486 486 }
487 487
488 488 if (error = dmu_objset_hold(strval, FTAG, &os))
489 489 break;
490 490
491 491 /* Must be ZPL and not gzip compressed. */
492 492
493 493 if (dmu_objset_type(os) != DMU_OST_ZFS) {
494 494 error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
495 495 } else if ((error =
496 496 dsl_prop_get_int_ds(dmu_objset_ds(os),
497 497 zfs_prop_to_name(ZFS_PROP_COMPRESSION),
498 498 &compress)) == 0 &&
499 499 !BOOTFS_COMPRESS_VALID(compress)) {
500 500 error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
501 501 } else {
502 502 objnum = dmu_objset_id(os);
503 503 }
504 504 dmu_objset_rele(os, FTAG);
505 505 }
506 506 break;
507 507
508 508 case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE:
509 509 error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
510 510 if (!error && (intval < ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_WAIT ||
511 511 intval > ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_PANIC))
512 512 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
513 513
514 514 /*
515 515 * This is a special case which only occurs when
516 516 * the pool has completely failed. This allows
517 517 * the user to change the in-core failmode property
518 518 * without syncing it out to disk (I/Os might
519 519 * currently be blocked). We do this by returning
520 520 * EIO to the caller (spa_prop_set) to trick it
521 521 * into thinking we encountered a property validation
522 522 * error.
523 523 */
524 524 if (!error && spa_suspended(spa)) {
525 525 spa->spa_failmode = intval;
526 526 error = SET_ERROR(EIO);
527 527 }
528 528 break;
529 529
530 530 case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE:
531 531 if ((error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval)) != 0)
532 532 break;
533 533
534 534 if (strval[0] == '\0')
535 535 break;
536 536
537 537 if (strcmp(strval, "none") == 0)
538 538 break;
539 539
540 540 if (strval[0] != '/') {
541 541 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
542 542 break;
543 543 }
544 544
545 545 slash = strrchr(strval, '/');
546 546 ASSERT(slash != NULL);
547 547
548 548 if (slash[1] == '\0' || strcmp(slash, "/.") == 0 ||
549 549 strcmp(slash, "/..") == 0)
550 550 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
551 551 break;
552 552
553 553 case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT:
554 554 if ((error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval)) != 0)
555 555 break;
556 556 for (check = strval; *check != '\0'; check++) {
557 557 /*
558 558 * The kernel doesn't have an easy isprint()
559 559 * check. For this kernel check, we merely
560 560 * check ASCII apart from DEL. Fix this if
561 561 * there is an easy-to-use kernel isprint().
562 562 */
563 563 if (*check >= 0x7f) {
564 564 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
565 565 break;
566 566 }
567 567 check++;
568 568 }
569 569 if (strlen(strval) > ZPROP_MAX_COMMENT)
570 570 error = E2BIG;
571 571 break;
572 572
573 573 case ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO:
574 574 if (spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_DEDUP)
575 575 error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
576 576 else
577 577 error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
578 578 if (error == 0 &&
579 579 intval != 0 && intval < ZIO_DEDUPDITTO_MIN)
580 580 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
581 581 break;
582 582 }
583 583
584 584 if (error)
585 585 break;
586 586 }
587 587
588 588 if (!error && reset_bootfs) {
589 589 error = nvlist_remove(props,
590 590 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), DATA_TYPE_STRING);
591 591
592 592 if (!error) {
593 593 error = nvlist_add_uint64(props,
594 594 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), objnum);
595 595 }
596 596 }
597 597
598 598 return (error);
599 599 }
600 600
601 601 void
602 602 spa_configfile_set(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvp, boolean_t need_sync)
603 603 {
604 604 char *cachefile;
605 605 spa_config_dirent_t *dp;
606 606
607 607 if (nvlist_lookup_string(nvp, zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE),
608 608 &cachefile) != 0)
609 609 return;
610 610
611 611 dp = kmem_alloc(sizeof (spa_config_dirent_t),
612 612 KM_SLEEP);
613 613
614 614 if (cachefile[0] == '\0')
615 615 dp->scd_path = spa_strdup(spa_config_path);
616 616 else if (strcmp(cachefile, "none") == 0)
617 617 dp->scd_path = NULL;
618 618 else
619 619 dp->scd_path = spa_strdup(cachefile);
620 620
621 621 list_insert_head(&spa->spa_config_list, dp);
622 622 if (need_sync)
623 623 spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE);
624 624 }
625 625
626 626 int
627 627 spa_prop_set(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvp)
628 628 {
629 629 int error;
630 630 nvpair_t *elem = NULL;
631 631 boolean_t need_sync = B_FALSE;
632 632
633 633 if ((error = spa_prop_validate(spa, nvp)) != 0)
634 634 return (error);
635 635
636 636 while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp, elem)) != NULL) {
637 637 zpool_prop_t prop = zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem));
638 638
639 639 if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE ||
640 640 prop == ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT ||
641 641 prop == ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY)
642 642 continue;
643 643
644 644 if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION || prop == ZPROP_INVAL) {
645 645 uint64_t ver;
646 646
647 647 if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION) {
648 648 VERIFY(nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &ver) == 0);
649 649 } else {
650 650 ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)));
651 651 ver = SPA_VERSION_FEATURES;
652 652 need_sync = B_TRUE;
653 653 }
654 654
655 655 /* Save time if the version is already set. */
656 656 if (ver == spa_version(spa))
657 657 continue;
658 658
659 659 /*
660 660 * In addition to the pool directory object, we might
661 661 * create the pool properties object, the features for
662 662 * read object, the features for write object, or the
663 663 * feature descriptions object.
664 664 */
665 665 error = dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, NULL,
666 666 spa_sync_version, &ver, 6);
667 667 if (error)
668 668 return (error);
669 669 continue;
670 670 }
671 671
672 672 need_sync = B_TRUE;
673 673 break;
674 674 }
675 675
676 676 if (need_sync) {
677 677 return (dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, NULL, spa_sync_props,
678 678 nvp, 6));
679 679 }
680 680
681 681 return (0);
682 682 }
683 683
684 684 /*
685 685 * If the bootfs property value is dsobj, clear it.
686 686 */
687 687 void
688 688 spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t *spa, uint64_t dsobj, dmu_tx_t *tx)
689 689 {
690 690 if (spa->spa_bootfs == dsobj && spa->spa_pool_props_object != 0) {
691 691 VERIFY(zap_remove(spa->spa_meta_objset,
692 692 spa->spa_pool_props_object,
693 693 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), tx) == 0);
694 694 spa->spa_bootfs = 0;
695 695 }
696 696 }
697 697
698 698 /*ARGSUSED*/
699 699 static int
700 700 spa_change_guid_check(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
701 701 {
702 702 uint64_t *newguid = arg;
703 703 spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
704 704 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
705 705 uint64_t vdev_state;
706 706
707 707 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
708 708 vdev_state = rvd->vdev_state;
709 709 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
710 710
711 711 if (vdev_state != VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY)
712 712 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
713 713
714 714 ASSERT3U(spa_guid(spa), !=, *newguid);
715 715
716 716 return (0);
717 717 }
718 718
719 719 static void
720 720 spa_change_guid_sync(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
721 721 {
722 722 uint64_t *newguid = arg;
723 723 spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
724 724 uint64_t oldguid;
725 725 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
726 726
727 727 oldguid = spa_guid(spa);
728 728
729 729 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
730 730 rvd->vdev_guid = *newguid;
731 731 rvd->vdev_guid_sum += (*newguid - oldguid);
732 732 vdev_config_dirty(rvd);
733 733 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
734 734
735 735 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "guid change", tx, "old=%llu new=%llu",
736 736 oldguid, *newguid);
737 737 }
738 738
739 739 /*
740 740 * Change the GUID for the pool. This is done so that we can later
741 741 * re-import a pool built from a clone of our own vdevs. We will modify
742 742 * the root vdev's guid, our own pool guid, and then mark all of our
743 743 * vdevs dirty. Note that we must make sure that all our vdevs are
744 744 * online when we do this, or else any vdevs that weren't present
745 745 * would be orphaned from our pool. We are also going to issue a
746 746 * sysevent to update any watchers.
747 747 */
748 748 int
749 749 spa_change_guid(spa_t *spa)
750 750 {
751 751 int error;
752 752 uint64_t guid;
753 753
754 754 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
755 755 guid = spa_generate_guid(NULL);
756 756
757 757 error = dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, spa_change_guid_check,
758 758 spa_change_guid_sync, &guid, 5);
759 759
760 760 if (error == 0) {
761 761 spa_config_sync(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
762 762 spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_REGUID);
763 763 }
764 764
765 765 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
766 766
767 767 return (error);
768 768 }
769 769
770 770 /*
771 771 * ==========================================================================
772 772 * SPA state manipulation (open/create/destroy/import/export)
773 773 * ==========================================================================
774 774 */
775 775
776 776 static int
777 777 spa_error_entry_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
778 778 {
779 779 spa_error_entry_t *sa = (spa_error_entry_t *)a;
780 780 spa_error_entry_t *sb = (spa_error_entry_t *)b;
781 781 int ret;
782 782
783 783 ret = bcmp(&sa->se_bookmark, &sb->se_bookmark,
784 784 sizeof (zbookmark_t));
785 785
786 786 if (ret < 0)
787 787 return (-1);
788 788 else if (ret > 0)
789 789 return (1);
790 790 else
791 791 return (0);
792 792 }
793 793
794 794 /*
795 795 * Utility function which retrieves copies of the current logs and
796 796 * re-initializes them in the process.
797 797 */
798 798 void
799 799 spa_get_errlists(spa_t *spa, avl_tree_t *last, avl_tree_t *scrub)
800 800 {
801 801 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_errlist_lock));
802 802
803 803 bcopy(&spa->spa_errlist_last, last, sizeof (avl_tree_t));
804 804 bcopy(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub, scrub, sizeof (avl_tree_t));
805 805
806 806 avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub,
807 807 spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
808 808 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
809 809 avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_last,
810 810 spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
811 811 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
812 812 }
813 813
814 814 static void
815 815 spa_taskqs_init(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q)
816 816 {
817 817 const zio_taskq_info_t *ztip = &zio_taskqs[t][q];
818 818 enum zti_modes mode = ztip->zti_mode;
819 819 uint_t value = ztip->zti_value;
820 820 uint_t count = ztip->zti_count;
821 821 spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
822 822 char name[32];
823 823 uint_t flags = 0;
824 824 boolean_t batch = B_FALSE;
825 825
826 826 if (mode == ZTI_MODE_NULL) {
827 827 tqs->stqs_count = 0;
828 828 tqs->stqs_taskq = NULL;
829 829 return;
830 830 }
831 831
832 832 ASSERT3U(count, >, 0);
833 833
834 834 tqs->stqs_count = count;
835 835 tqs->stqs_taskq = kmem_alloc(count * sizeof (taskq_t *), KM_SLEEP);
836 836
837 837 for (uint_t i = 0; i < count; i++) {
838 838 taskq_t *tq;
839 839
840 840 switch (mode) {
841 841 case ZTI_MODE_FIXED:
842 842 ASSERT3U(value, >=, 1);
843 843 value = MAX(value, 1);
844 844 break;
845 845
846 846 case ZTI_MODE_BATCH:
847 847 batch = B_TRUE;
848 848 flags |= TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT;
849 849 value = zio_taskq_batch_pct;
850 850 break;
851 851
852 852 case ZTI_MODE_ONLINE_PERCENT:
853 853 flags |= TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT;
854 854 break;
855 855
856 856 default:
857 857 panic("unrecognized mode for %s_%s taskq (%u:%u) in "
858 858 "spa_activate()",
859 859 zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q], mode, value);
860 860 break;
861 861 }
862 862
863 863 if (count > 1) {
864 864 (void) snprintf(name, sizeof (name), "%s_%s_%u",
865 865 zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q], i);
866 866 } else {
867 867 (void) snprintf(name, sizeof (name), "%s_%s",
868 868 zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q]);
869 869 }
870 870
871 871 if (zio_taskq_sysdc && spa->spa_proc != &p0) {
872 872 if (batch)
873 873 flags |= TASKQ_DC_BATCH;
874 874
875 875 tq = taskq_create_sysdc(name, value, 50, INT_MAX,
876 876 spa->spa_proc, zio_taskq_basedc, flags);
877 877 } else {
878 878 tq = taskq_create_proc(name, value, maxclsyspri, 50,
879 879 INT_MAX, spa->spa_proc, flags);
880 880 }
881 881
882 882 tqs->stqs_taskq[i] = tq;
883 883 }
884 884 }
885 885
886 886 static void
887 887 spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q)
888 888 {
889 889 spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
890 890
891 891 if (tqs->stqs_taskq == NULL) {
892 892 ASSERT0(tqs->stqs_count);
893 893 return;
894 894 }
895 895
896 896 for (uint_t i = 0; i < tqs->stqs_count; i++) {
897 897 ASSERT3P(tqs->stqs_taskq[i], !=, NULL);
898 898 taskq_destroy(tqs->stqs_taskq[i]);
899 899 }
900 900
901 901 kmem_free(tqs->stqs_taskq, tqs->stqs_count * sizeof (taskq_t *));
902 902 tqs->stqs_taskq = NULL;
903 903 }
904 904
905 905 /*
906 906 * Dispatch a task to the appropriate taskq for the ZFS I/O type and priority.
907 907 * Note that a type may have multiple discrete taskqs to avoid lock contention
908 908 * on the taskq itself. In that case we choose which taskq at random by using
909 909 * the low bits of gethrtime().
910 910 */
911 911 void
912 912 spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q,
913 913 task_func_t *func, void *arg, uint_t flags, taskq_ent_t *ent)
914 914 {
915 915 spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
916 916 taskq_t *tq;
917 917
918 918 ASSERT3P(tqs->stqs_taskq, !=, NULL);
919 919 ASSERT3U(tqs->stqs_count, !=, 0);
920 920
921 921 if (tqs->stqs_count == 1) {
922 922 tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[0];
923 923 } else {
924 924 tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[gethrtime() % tqs->stqs_count];
925 925 }
926 926
927 927 taskq_dispatch_ent(tq, func, arg, flags, ent);
928 928 }
929 929
930 930 static void
931 931 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t *spa)
932 932 {
933 933 for (int t = 0; t < ZIO_TYPES; t++) {
934 934 for (int q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++) {
935 935 spa_taskqs_init(spa, t, q);
936 936 }
937 937 }
938 938 }
939 939
940 940 #ifdef _KERNEL
941 941 static void
942 942 spa_thread(void *arg)
943 943 {
944 944 callb_cpr_t cprinfo;
945 945
946 946 spa_t *spa = arg;
947 947 user_t *pu = PTOU(curproc);
948 948
949 949 CALLB_CPR_INIT(&cprinfo, &spa->spa_proc_lock, callb_generic_cpr,
950 950 spa->spa_name);
951 951
952 952 ASSERT(curproc != &p0);
953 953 (void) snprintf(pu->u_psargs, sizeof (pu->u_psargs),
954 954 "zpool-%s", spa->spa_name);
955 955 (void) strlcpy(pu->u_comm, pu->u_psargs, sizeof (pu->u_comm));
956 956
957 957 /* bind this thread to the requested psrset */
958 958 if (zio_taskq_psrset_bind != PS_NONE) {
959 959 pool_lock();
960 960 mutex_enter(&cpu_lock);
961 961 mutex_enter(&pidlock);
962 962 mutex_enter(&curproc->p_lock);
963 963
964 964 if (cpupart_bind_thread(curthread, zio_taskq_psrset_bind,
965 965 0, NULL, NULL) == 0) {
966 966 curthread->t_bind_pset = zio_taskq_psrset_bind;
967 967 } else {
968 968 cmn_err(CE_WARN,
969 969 "Couldn't bind process for zfs pool \"%s\" to "
970 970 "pset %d\n", spa->spa_name, zio_taskq_psrset_bind);
971 971 }
972 972
973 973 mutex_exit(&curproc->p_lock);
974 974 mutex_exit(&pidlock);
975 975 mutex_exit(&cpu_lock);
976 976 pool_unlock();
977 977 }
978 978
979 979 if (zio_taskq_sysdc) {
980 980 sysdc_thread_enter(curthread, 100, 0);
981 981 }
982 982
983 983 spa->spa_proc = curproc;
984 984 spa->spa_did = curthread->t_did;
985 985
986 986 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa);
987 987
988 988 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
989 989 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_CREATED);
990 990
991 991 spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_ACTIVE;
992 992 cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
993 993
994 994 CALLB_CPR_SAFE_BEGIN(&cprinfo);
995 995 while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE)
996 996 cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
997 997 CALLB_CPR_SAFE_END(&cprinfo, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
998 998
999 999 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE);
1000 1000 spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_GONE;
1001 1001 spa->spa_proc = &p0;
1002 1002 cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
1003 1003 CALLB_CPR_EXIT(&cprinfo); /* drops spa_proc_lock */
1004 1004
1005 1005 mutex_enter(&curproc->p_lock);
1006 1006 lwp_exit();
1007 1007 }
1008 1008 #endif
1009 1009
1010 1010 /*
1011 1011 * Activate an uninitialized pool.
1012 1012 */
1013 1013 static void
1014 1014 spa_activate(spa_t *spa, int mode)
1015 1015 {
1016 1016 ASSERT(spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED);
1017 1017
1018 1018 spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_ACTIVE;
1019 1019 spa->spa_mode = mode;
1020 1020
1021 1021 spa->spa_normal_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
1022 1022 spa->spa_log_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
1023 1023
1024 1024 /* Try to create a covering process */
1025 1025 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1026 1026 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_NONE);
1027 1027 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
1028 1028 spa->spa_did = 0;
1029 1029
1030 1030 /* Only create a process if we're going to be around a while. */
1031 1031 if (spa_create_process && strcmp(spa->spa_name, TRYIMPORT_NAME) != 0) {
1032 1032 if (newproc(spa_thread, (caddr_t)spa, syscid, maxclsyspri,
1033 1033 NULL, 0) == 0) {
1034 1034 spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_CREATED;
1035 1035 while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_CREATED) {
1036 1036 cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv,
1037 1037 &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1038 1038 }
1039 1039 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE);
1040 1040 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc != &p0);
1041 1041 ASSERT(spa->spa_did != 0);
1042 1042 } else {
1043 1043 #ifdef _KERNEL
1044 1044 cmn_err(CE_WARN,
1045 1045 "Couldn't create process for zfs pool \"%s\"\n",
1046 1046 spa->spa_name);
1047 1047 #endif
1048 1048 }
1049 1049 }
1050 1050 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1051 1051
1052 1052 /* If we didn't create a process, we need to create our taskqs. */
1053 1053 if (spa->spa_proc == &p0) {
1054 1054 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa);
1055 1055 }
1056 1056
1057 1057 list_create(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
1058 1058 offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_config_dirty_node));
1059 1059 list_create(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
1060 1060 offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_state_dirty_node));
1061 1061
1062 1062 txg_list_create(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list,
1063 1063 offsetof(struct vdev, vdev_txg_node));
1064 1064
1065 1065 avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub,
1066 1066 spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
1067 1067 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
1068 1068 avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_last,
1069 1069 spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
1070 1070 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
1071 1071 }
1072 1072
1073 1073 /*
1074 1074 * Opposite of spa_activate().
1075 1075 */
1076 1076 static void
1077 1077 spa_deactivate(spa_t *spa)
1078 1078 {
1079 1079 ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on == B_FALSE);
1080 1080 ASSERT(spa->spa_dsl_pool == NULL);
1081 1081 ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == NULL);
1082 1082 ASSERT(spa->spa_async_zio_root == NULL);
1083 1083 ASSERT(spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED);
1084 1084
1085 1085 txg_list_destroy(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list);
1086 1086
1087 1087 list_destroy(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list);
1088 1088 list_destroy(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list);
1089 1089
1090 1090 for (int t = 0; t < ZIO_TYPES; t++) {
1091 1091 for (int q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++) {
1092 1092 spa_taskqs_fini(spa, t, q);
1093 1093 }
1094 1094 }
1095 1095
1096 1096 metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_normal_class);
1097 1097 spa->spa_normal_class = NULL;
1098 1098
1099 1099 metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_log_class);
1100 1100 spa->spa_log_class = NULL;
1101 1101
1102 1102 /*
1103 1103 * If this was part of an import or the open otherwise failed, we may
1104 1104 * still have errors left in the queues. Empty them just in case.
1105 1105 */
1106 1106 spa_errlog_drain(spa);
1107 1107
1108 1108 avl_destroy(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub);
1109 1109 avl_destroy(&spa->spa_errlist_last);
1110 1110
1111 1111 spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED;
1112 1112
1113 1113 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1114 1114 if (spa->spa_proc_state != SPA_PROC_NONE) {
1115 1115 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE);
1116 1116 spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE;
1117 1117 cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
1118 1118 while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE) {
1119 1119 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc != &p0);
1120 1120 cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1121 1121 }
1122 1122 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_GONE);
1123 1123 spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_NONE;
1124 1124 }
1125 1125 ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
1126 1126 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1127 1127
1128 1128 /*
1129 1129 * We want to make sure spa_thread() has actually exited the ZFS
1130 1130 * module, so that the module can't be unloaded out from underneath
1131 1131 * it.
1132 1132 */
1133 1133 if (spa->spa_did != 0) {
1134 1134 thread_join(spa->spa_did);
1135 1135 spa->spa_did = 0;
1136 1136 }
1137 1137 }
1138 1138
1139 1139 /*
1140 1140 * Verify a pool configuration, and construct the vdev tree appropriately. This
1141 1141 * will create all the necessary vdevs in the appropriate layout, with each vdev
1142 1142 * in the CLOSED state. This will prep the pool before open/creation/import.
1143 1143 * All vdev validation is done by the vdev_alloc() routine.
1144 1144 */
1145 1145 static int
1146 1146 spa_config_parse(spa_t *spa, vdev_t **vdp, nvlist_t *nv, vdev_t *parent,
1147 1147 uint_t id, int atype)
1148 1148 {
1149 1149 nvlist_t **child;
1150 1150 uint_t children;
1151 1151 int error;
1152 1152
1153 1153 if ((error = vdev_alloc(spa, vdp, nv, parent, id, atype)) != 0)
1154 1154 return (error);
1155 1155
1156 1156 if ((*vdp)->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
1157 1157 return (0);
1158 1158
1159 1159 error = nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nv, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN,
1160 1160 &child, &children);
1161 1161
1162 1162 if (error == ENOENT)
1163 1163 return (0);
1164 1164
1165 1165 if (error) {
1166 1166 vdev_free(*vdp);
1167 1167 *vdp = NULL;
1168 1168 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
1169 1169 }
1170 1170
1171 1171 for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) {
1172 1172 vdev_t *vd;
1173 1173 if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, child[c], *vdp, c,
1174 1174 atype)) != 0) {
1175 1175 vdev_free(*vdp);
1176 1176 *vdp = NULL;
1177 1177 return (error);
1178 1178 }
1179 1179 }
1180 1180
1181 1181 ASSERT(*vdp != NULL);
1182 1182
1183 1183 return (0);
1184 1184 }
1185 1185
1186 1186 /*
1187 1187 * Opposite of spa_load().
1188 1188 */
1189 1189 static void
1190 1190 spa_unload(spa_t *spa)
1191 1191 {
1192 1192 int i;
1193 1193
1194 1194 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
1195 1195
1196 1196 /*
1197 1197 * Stop async tasks.
1198 1198 */
1199 1199 spa_async_suspend(spa);
1200 1200
1201 1201 /*
1202 1202 * Stop syncing.
1203 1203 */
1204 1204 if (spa->spa_sync_on) {
1205 1205 txg_sync_stop(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
1206 1206 spa->spa_sync_on = B_FALSE;
1207 1207 }
1208 1208
1209 1209 /*
1210 1210 * Wait for any outstanding async I/O to complete.
1211 1211 */
1212 1212 if (spa->spa_async_zio_root != NULL) {
1213 1213 (void) zio_wait(spa->spa_async_zio_root);
1214 1214 spa->spa_async_zio_root = NULL;
1215 1215 }
1216 1216
1217 1217 bpobj_close(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj);
1218 1218
1219 1219 /*
1220 1220 * Close the dsl pool.
1221 1221 */
1222 1222 if (spa->spa_dsl_pool) {
1223 1223 dsl_pool_close(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
1224 1224 spa->spa_dsl_pool = NULL;
1225 1225 spa->spa_meta_objset = NULL;
1226 1226 }
1227 1227
1228 1228 ddt_unload(spa);
1229 1229
1230 1230 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
1231 1231
1232 1232 /*
1233 1233 * Drop and purge level 2 cache
1234 1234 */
1235 1235 spa_l2cache_drop(spa);
1236 1236
1237 1237 /*
1238 1238 * Close all vdevs.
1239 1239 */
1240 1240 if (spa->spa_root_vdev)
1241 1241 vdev_free(spa->spa_root_vdev);
1242 1242 ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == NULL);
1243 1243
1244 1244 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
1245 1245 vdev_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]);
1246 1246 if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs) {
1247 1247 kmem_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs,
1248 1248 spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1249 1249 spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = NULL;
1250 1250 }
1251 1251 if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config) {
1252 1252 nvlist_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_config);
1253 1253 spa->spa_spares.sav_config = NULL;
1254 1254 }
1255 1255 spa->spa_spares.sav_count = 0;
1256 1256
1257 1257 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++) {
1258 1258 vdev_clear_stats(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
1259 1259 vdev_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
1260 1260 }
1261 1261 if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs) {
1262 1262 kmem_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs,
1263 1263 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1264 1264 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs = NULL;
1265 1265 }
1266 1266 if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) {
1267 1267 nvlist_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config);
1268 1268 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config = NULL;
1269 1269 }
1270 1270 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count = 0;
1271 1271
1272 1272 spa->spa_async_suspended = 0;
1273 1273
1274 1274 if (spa->spa_comment != NULL) {
1275 1275 spa_strfree(spa->spa_comment);
1276 1276 spa->spa_comment = NULL;
1277 1277 }
1278 1278
1279 1279 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
1280 1280 }
1281 1281
1282 1282 /*
1283 1283 * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active spares for
1284 1284 * this pool. When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1285 1285 * 'spa_spares.sav_config'. We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1286 1286 * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1287 1287 */
1288 1288 static void
1289 1289 spa_load_spares(spa_t *spa)
1290 1290 {
1291 1291 nvlist_t **spares;
1292 1292 uint_t nspares;
1293 1293 int i;
1294 1294 vdev_t *vd, *tvd;
1295 1295
1296 1296 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
1297 1297
1298 1298 /*
1299 1299 * First, close and free any existing spare vdevs.
1300 1300 */
1301 1301 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
1302 1302 vd = spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i];
1303 1303
1304 1304 /* Undo the call to spa_activate() below */
1305 1305 if ((tvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, vd->vdev_guid,
1306 1306 B_FALSE)) != NULL && tvd->vdev_isspare)
1307 1307 spa_spare_remove(tvd);
1308 1308 vdev_close(vd);
1309 1309 vdev_free(vd);
1310 1310 }
1311 1311
1312 1312 if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs)
1313 1313 kmem_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs,
1314 1314 spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1315 1315
1316 1316 if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config == NULL)
1317 1317 nspares = 0;
1318 1318 else
1319 1319 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
1320 1320 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
1321 1321
1322 1322 spa->spa_spares.sav_count = (int)nspares;
1323 1323 spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = NULL;
1324 1324
1325 1325 if (nspares == 0)
1326 1326 return;
1327 1327
1328 1328 /*
1329 1329 * Construct the array of vdevs, opening them to get status in the
1330 1330 * process. For each spare, there is potentially two different vdev_t
1331 1331 * structures associated with it: one in the list of spares (used only
1332 1332 * for basic validation purposes) and one in the active vdev
1333 1333 * configuration (if it's spared in). During this phase we open and
1334 1334 * validate each vdev on the spare list. If the vdev also exists in the
1335 1335 * active configuration, then we also mark this vdev as an active spare.
1336 1336 */
1337 1337 spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = kmem_alloc(nspares * sizeof (void *),
1338 1338 KM_SLEEP);
1339 1339 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
1340 1340 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, spares[i], NULL, 0,
1341 1341 VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE) == 0);
1342 1342 ASSERT(vd != NULL);
1343 1343
1344 1344 spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i] = vd;
1345 1345
1346 1346 if ((tvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, vd->vdev_guid,
1347 1347 B_FALSE)) != NULL) {
1348 1348 if (!tvd->vdev_isspare)
1349 1349 spa_spare_add(tvd);
1350 1350
1351 1351 /*
1352 1352 * We only mark the spare active if we were successfully
1353 1353 * able to load the vdev. Otherwise, importing a pool
1354 1354 * with a bad active spare would result in strange
1355 1355 * behavior, because multiple pool would think the spare
1356 1356 * is actively in use.
1357 1357 *
1358 1358 * There is a vulnerability here to an equally bizarre
1359 1359 * circumstance, where a dead active spare is later
1360 1360 * brought back to life (onlined or otherwise). Given
1361 1361 * the rarity of this scenario, and the extra complexity
1362 1362 * it adds, we ignore the possibility.
1363 1363 */
1364 1364 if (!vdev_is_dead(tvd))
1365 1365 spa_spare_activate(tvd);
1366 1366 }
1367 1367
1368 1368 vd->vdev_top = vd;
1369 1369 vd->vdev_aux = &spa->spa_spares;
1370 1370
1371 1371 if (vdev_open(vd) != 0)
1372 1372 continue;
1373 1373
1374 1374 if (vdev_validate_aux(vd) == 0)
1375 1375 spa_spare_add(vd);
1376 1376 }
1377 1377
1378 1378 /*
1379 1379 * Recompute the stashed list of spares, with status information
1380 1380 * this time.
1381 1381 */
1382 1382 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_spares.sav_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
1383 1383 DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
1384 1384
1385 1385 spares = kmem_alloc(spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *),
1386 1386 KM_SLEEP);
1387 1387 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
1388 1388 spares[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa,
1389 1389 spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i], B_TRUE, VDEV_CONFIG_SPARE);
1390 1390 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
1391 1391 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, spa->spa_spares.sav_count) == 0);
1392 1392 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
1393 1393 nvlist_free(spares[i]);
1394 1394 kmem_free(spares, spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1395 1395 }
1396 1396
1397 1397 /*
1398 1398 * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active l2cache for
1399 1399 * this pool. When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1400 1400 * 'spa_l2cache.sav_config'. We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1401 1401 * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1402 1402 * Devices which are already active have their details maintained, and are
1403 1403 * not re-opened.
1404 1404 */
1405 1405 static void
1406 1406 spa_load_l2cache(spa_t *spa)
1407 1407 {
1408 1408 nvlist_t **l2cache;
1409 1409 uint_t nl2cache;
1410 1410 int i, j, oldnvdevs;
1411 1411 uint64_t guid;
1412 1412 vdev_t *vd, **oldvdevs, **newvdevs;
1413 1413 spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_l2cache;
1414 1414
1415 1415 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
1416 1416
1417 1417 if (sav->sav_config != NULL) {
1418 1418 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
1419 1419 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
1420 1420 newvdevs = kmem_alloc(nl2cache * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
1421 1421 } else {
1422 1422 nl2cache = 0;
1423 1423 newvdevs = NULL;
1424 1424 }
1425 1425
1426 1426 oldvdevs = sav->sav_vdevs;
1427 1427 oldnvdevs = sav->sav_count;
1428 1428 sav->sav_vdevs = NULL;
1429 1429 sav->sav_count = 0;
1430 1430
1431 1431 /*
1432 1432 * Process new nvlist of vdevs.
1433 1433 */
1434 1434 for (i = 0; i < nl2cache; i++) {
1435 1435 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
1436 1436 &guid) == 0);
1437 1437
1438 1438 newvdevs[i] = NULL;
1439 1439 for (j = 0; j < oldnvdevs; j++) {
1440 1440 vd = oldvdevs[j];
1441 1441 if (vd != NULL && guid == vd->vdev_guid) {
1442 1442 /*
1443 1443 * Retain previous vdev for add/remove ops.
1444 1444 */
1445 1445 newvdevs[i] = vd;
1446 1446 oldvdevs[j] = NULL;
1447 1447 break;
1448 1448 }
1449 1449 }
1450 1450
1451 1451 if (newvdevs[i] == NULL) {
1452 1452 /*
1453 1453 * Create new vdev
1454 1454 */
1455 1455 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, l2cache[i], NULL, 0,
1456 1456 VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE) == 0);
1457 1457 ASSERT(vd != NULL);
1458 1458 newvdevs[i] = vd;
1459 1459
1460 1460 /*
1461 1461 * Commit this vdev as an l2cache device,
1462 1462 * even if it fails to open.
1463 1463 */
1464 1464 spa_l2cache_add(vd);
1465 1465
1466 1466 vd->vdev_top = vd;
1467 1467 vd->vdev_aux = sav;
1468 1468
1469 1469 spa_l2cache_activate(vd);
1470 1470
1471 1471 if (vdev_open(vd) != 0)
1472 1472 continue;
1473 1473
1474 1474 (void) vdev_validate_aux(vd);
1475 1475
1476 1476 if (!vdev_is_dead(vd))
1477 1477 l2arc_add_vdev(spa, vd);
1478 1478 }
1479 1479 }
1480 1480
1481 1481 /*
1482 1482 * Purge vdevs that were dropped
1483 1483 */
1484 1484 for (i = 0; i < oldnvdevs; i++) {
1485 1485 uint64_t pool;
1486 1486
1487 1487 vd = oldvdevs[i];
1488 1488 if (vd != NULL) {
1489 1489 ASSERT(vd->vdev_isl2cache);
1490 1490
1491 1491 if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd->vdev_guid, &pool) &&
1492 1492 pool != 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd))
1493 1493 l2arc_remove_vdev(vd);
1494 1494 vdev_clear_stats(vd);
1495 1495 vdev_free(vd);
1496 1496 }
1497 1497 }
1498 1498
1499 1499 if (oldvdevs)
1500 1500 kmem_free(oldvdevs, oldnvdevs * sizeof (void *));
1501 1501
1502 1502 if (sav->sav_config == NULL)
1503 1503 goto out;
1504 1504
1505 1505 sav->sav_vdevs = newvdevs;
1506 1506 sav->sav_count = (int)nl2cache;
1507 1507
1508 1508 /*
1509 1509 * Recompute the stashed list of l2cache devices, with status
1510 1510 * information this time.
1511 1511 */
1512 1512 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav->sav_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
1513 1513 DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
1514 1514
1515 1515 l2cache = kmem_alloc(sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
1516 1516 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
1517 1517 l2cache[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa,
1518 1518 sav->sav_vdevs[i], B_TRUE, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
1519 1519 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
1520 1520 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, sav->sav_count) == 0);
1521 1521 out:
1522 1522 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
1523 1523 nvlist_free(l2cache[i]);
1524 1524 if (sav->sav_count)
1525 1525 kmem_free(l2cache, sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1526 1526 }
1527 1527
1528 1528 static int
1529 1529 load_nvlist(spa_t *spa, uint64_t obj, nvlist_t **value)
1530 1530 {
1531 1531 dmu_buf_t *db;
1532 1532 char *packed = NULL;
1533 1533 size_t nvsize = 0;
1534 1534 int error;
1535 1535 *value = NULL;
1536 1536
1537 1537 VERIFY(0 == dmu_bonus_hold(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, FTAG, &db));
1538 1538 nvsize = *(uint64_t *)db->db_data;
1539 1539 dmu_buf_rele(db, FTAG);
1540 1540
1541 1541 packed = kmem_alloc(nvsize, KM_SLEEP);
1542 1542 error = dmu_read(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, 0, nvsize, packed,
1543 1543 DMU_READ_PREFETCH);
1544 1544 if (error == 0)
1545 1545 error = nvlist_unpack(packed, nvsize, value, 0);
1546 1546 kmem_free(packed, nvsize);
1547 1547
1548 1548 return (error);
1549 1549 }
1550 1550
1551 1551 /*
1552 1552 * Checks to see if the given vdev could not be opened, in which case we post a
1553 1553 * sysevent to notify the autoreplace code that the device has been removed.
1554 1554 */
1555 1555 static void
1556 1556 spa_check_removed(vdev_t *vd)
1557 1557 {
1558 1558 for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
1559 1559 spa_check_removed(vd->vdev_child[c]);
1560 1560
1561 1561 if (vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf && vdev_is_dead(vd) &&
1562 1562 !vd->vdev_ishole) {
1563 1563 zfs_post_autoreplace(vd->vdev_spa, vd);
1564 1564 spa_event_notify(vd->vdev_spa, vd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_CHECK);
1565 1565 }
1566 1566 }
1567 1567
1568 1568 /*
1569 1569 * Validate the current config against the MOS config
1570 1570 */
1571 1571 static boolean_t
1572 1572 spa_config_valid(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
1573 1573 {
1574 1574 vdev_t *mrvd, *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
1575 1575 nvlist_t *nv;
1576 1576
1577 1577 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nv) == 0);
1578 1578
1579 1579 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
1580 1580 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &mrvd, nv, NULL, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD) == 0);
1581 1581
1582 1582 ASSERT3U(rvd->vdev_children, ==, mrvd->vdev_children);
1583 1583
1584 1584 /*
1585 1585 * If we're doing a normal import, then build up any additional
1586 1586 * diagnostic information about missing devices in this config.
1587 1587 * We'll pass this up to the user for further processing.
1588 1588 */
1589 1589 if (!(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG)) {
1590 1590 nvlist_t **child, *nv;
1591 1591 uint64_t idx = 0;
1592 1592
1593 1593 child = kmem_alloc(rvd->vdev_children * sizeof (nvlist_t **),
1594 1594 KM_SLEEP);
1595 1595 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nv, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
1596 1596
1597 1597 for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1598 1598 vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1599 1599 vdev_t *mtvd = mrvd->vdev_child[c];
1600 1600
1601 1601 if (tvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_missing_ops &&
1602 1602 mtvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_missing_ops &&
1603 1603 mtvd->vdev_islog)
1604 1604 child[idx++] = vdev_config_generate(spa, mtvd,
1605 1605 B_FALSE, 0);
1606 1606 }
1607 1607
1608 1608 if (idx) {
1609 1609 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nv,
1610 1610 ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, child, idx) == 0);
1611 1611 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
1612 1612 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MISSING_DEVICES, nv) == 0);
1613 1613
1614 1614 for (int i = 0; i < idx; i++)
1615 1615 nvlist_free(child[i]);
1616 1616 }
1617 1617 nvlist_free(nv);
1618 1618 kmem_free(child, rvd->vdev_children * sizeof (char **));
1619 1619 }
1620 1620
1621 1621 /*
1622 1622 * Compare the root vdev tree with the information we have
1623 1623 * from the MOS config (mrvd). Check each top-level vdev
1624 1624 * with the corresponding MOS config top-level (mtvd).
1625 1625 */
1626 1626 for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1627 1627 vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1628 1628 vdev_t *mtvd = mrvd->vdev_child[c];
1629 1629
1630 1630 /*
1631 1631 * Resolve any "missing" vdevs in the current configuration.
1632 1632 * If we find that the MOS config has more accurate information
1633 1633 * about the top-level vdev then use that vdev instead.
1634 1634 */
1635 1635 if (tvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_missing_ops &&
1636 1636 mtvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_missing_ops) {
1637 1637
1638 1638 if (!(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG))
1639 1639 continue;
1640 1640
1641 1641 /*
1642 1642 * Device specific actions.
1643 1643 */
1644 1644 if (mtvd->vdev_islog) {
1645 1645 spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
1646 1646 } else {
1647 1647 /*
1648 1648 * XXX - once we have 'readonly' pool
1649 1649 * support we should be able to handle
1650 1650 * missing data devices by transitioning
1651 1651 * the pool to readonly.
1652 1652 */
1653 1653 continue;
1654 1654 }
1655 1655
1656 1656 /*
1657 1657 * Swap the missing vdev with the data we were
1658 1658 * able to obtain from the MOS config.
1659 1659 */
1660 1660 vdev_remove_child(rvd, tvd);
1661 1661 vdev_remove_child(mrvd, mtvd);
1662 1662
1663 1663 vdev_add_child(rvd, mtvd);
1664 1664 vdev_add_child(mrvd, tvd);
1665 1665
1666 1666 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
1667 1667 vdev_load(mtvd);
1668 1668 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
1669 1669
1670 1670 vdev_reopen(rvd);
1671 1671 } else if (mtvd->vdev_islog) {
1672 1672 /*
1673 1673 * Load the slog device's state from the MOS config
1674 1674 * since it's possible that the label does not
1675 1675 * contain the most up-to-date information.
1676 1676 */
1677 1677 vdev_load_log_state(tvd, mtvd);
1678 1678 vdev_reopen(tvd);
1679 1679 }
1680 1680 }
1681 1681 vdev_free(mrvd);
1682 1682 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
1683 1683
1684 1684 /*
1685 1685 * Ensure we were able to validate the config.
1686 1686 */
1687 1687 return (rvd->vdev_guid_sum == spa->spa_uberblock.ub_guid_sum);
1688 1688 }
1689 1689
1690 1690 /*
1691 1691 * Check for missing log devices
1692 1692 */
1693 1693 static boolean_t
1694 1694 spa_check_logs(spa_t *spa)
1695 1695 {
1696 1696 boolean_t rv = B_FALSE;
1697 1697
1698 1698 switch (spa->spa_log_state) {
1699 1699 case SPA_LOG_MISSING:
1700 1700 /* need to recheck in case slog has been restored */
1701 1701 case SPA_LOG_UNKNOWN:
1702 1702 rv = (dmu_objset_find(spa->spa_name, zil_check_log_chain,
1703 1703 NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN) != 0);
1704 1704 if (rv)
1705 1705 spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_MISSING);
1706 1706 break;
1707 1707 }
1708 1708 return (rv);
1709 1709 }
1710 1710
1711 1711 static boolean_t
1712 1712 spa_passivate_log(spa_t *spa)
1713 1713 {
1714 1714 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
1715 1715 boolean_t slog_found = B_FALSE;
1716 1716
1717 1717 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALLOC, RW_WRITER));
1718 1718
1719 1719 if (!spa_has_slogs(spa))
1720 1720 return (B_FALSE);
1721 1721
1722 1722 for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1723 1723 vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1724 1724 metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg;
1725 1725
1726 1726 if (tvd->vdev_islog) {
1727 1727 metaslab_group_passivate(mg);
1728 1728 slog_found = B_TRUE;
1729 1729 }
1730 1730 }
1731 1731
1732 1732 return (slog_found);
1733 1733 }
1734 1734
1735 1735 static void
1736 1736 spa_activate_log(spa_t *spa)
1737 1737 {
1738 1738 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
1739 1739
1740 1740 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALLOC, RW_WRITER));
1741 1741
1742 1742 for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1743 1743 vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1744 1744 metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg;
1745 1745
1746 1746 if (tvd->vdev_islog)
1747 1747 metaslab_group_activate(mg);
1748 1748 }
1749 1749 }
1750 1750
1751 1751 int
1752 1752 spa_offline_log(spa_t *spa)
1753 1753 {
1754 1754 int error;
1755 1755
1756 1756 error = dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa), zil_vdev_offline,
1757 1757 NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
1758 1758 if (error == 0) {
1759 1759 /*
1760 1760 * We successfully offlined the log device, sync out the
1761 1761 * current txg so that the "stubby" block can be removed
1762 1762 * by zil_sync().
1763 1763 */
1764 1764 txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
1765 1765 }
1766 1766 return (error);
1767 1767 }
1768 1768
1769 1769 static void
1770 1770 spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t *sav)
1771 1771 {
1772 1772 for (int i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
1773 1773 spa_check_removed(sav->sav_vdevs[i]);
1774 1774 }
1775 1775
1776 1776 void
1777 1777 spa_claim_notify(zio_t *zio)
1778 1778 {
1779 1779 spa_t *spa = zio->io_spa;
1780 1780
1781 1781 if (zio->io_error)
1782 1782 return;
1783 1783
1784 1784 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock); /* any mutex will do */
1785 1785 if (spa->spa_claim_max_txg < zio->io_bp->blk_birth)
1786 1786 spa->spa_claim_max_txg = zio->io_bp->blk_birth;
1787 1787 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
1788 1788 }
1789 1789
1790 1790 typedef struct spa_load_error {
1791 1791 uint64_t sle_meta_count;
1792 1792 uint64_t sle_data_count;
1793 1793 } spa_load_error_t;
1794 1794
1795 1795 static void
1796 1796 spa_load_verify_done(zio_t *zio)
1797 1797 {
1798 1798 blkptr_t *bp = zio->io_bp;
1799 1799 spa_load_error_t *sle = zio->io_private;
1800 1800 dmu_object_type_t type = BP_GET_TYPE(bp);
1801 1801 int error = zio->io_error;
1802 1802
1803 1803 if (error) {
1804 1804 if ((BP_GET_LEVEL(bp) != 0 || DMU_OT_IS_METADATA(type)) &&
1805 1805 type != DMU_OT_INTENT_LOG)
1806 1806 atomic_add_64(&sle->sle_meta_count, 1);
1807 1807 else
1808 1808 atomic_add_64(&sle->sle_data_count, 1);
1809 1809 }
1810 1810 zio_data_buf_free(zio->io_data, zio->io_size);
1811 1811 }
1812 1812
1813 1813 /*ARGSUSED*/
1814 1814 static int
1815 1815 spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t *spa, zilog_t *zilog, const blkptr_t *bp,
1816 1816 const zbookmark_t *zb, const dnode_phys_t *dnp, void *arg)
1817 1817 {
1818 1818 if (bp != NULL) {
1819 1819 zio_t *rio = arg;
1820 1820 size_t size = BP_GET_PSIZE(bp);
1821 1821 void *data = zio_data_buf_alloc(size);
1822 1822
1823 1823 zio_nowait(zio_read(rio, spa, bp, data, size,
1824 1824 spa_load_verify_done, rio->io_private, ZIO_PRIORITY_SCRUB,
1825 1825 ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE | ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL |
1826 1826 ZIO_FLAG_SCRUB | ZIO_FLAG_RAW, zb));
1827 1827 }
1828 1828 return (0);
1829 1829 }
1830 1830
1831 1831 static int
1832 1832 spa_load_verify(spa_t *spa)
1833 1833 {
1834 1834 zio_t *rio;
1835 1835 spa_load_error_t sle = { 0 };
1836 1836 zpool_rewind_policy_t policy;
1837 1837 boolean_t verify_ok = B_FALSE;
1838 1838 int error;
1839 1839
1840 1840 zpool_get_rewind_policy(spa->spa_config, &policy);
1841 1841
1842 1842 if (policy.zrp_request & ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND)
1843 1843 return (0);
1844 1844
1845 1845 rio = zio_root(spa, NULL, &sle,
1846 1846 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE);
1847 1847
1848 1848 error = traverse_pool(spa, spa->spa_verify_min_txg,
1849 1849 TRAVERSE_PRE | TRAVERSE_PREFETCH, spa_load_verify_cb, rio);
1850 1850
1851 1851 (void) zio_wait(rio);
1852 1852
1853 1853 spa->spa_load_meta_errors = sle.sle_meta_count;
1854 1854 spa->spa_load_data_errors = sle.sle_data_count;
1855 1855
1856 1856 if (!error && sle.sle_meta_count <= policy.zrp_maxmeta &&
1857 1857 sle.sle_data_count <= policy.zrp_maxdata) {
1858 1858 int64_t loss = 0;
1859 1859
1860 1860 verify_ok = B_TRUE;
1861 1861 spa->spa_load_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
1862 1862 spa->spa_load_txg_ts = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp;
1863 1863
1864 1864 loss = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts - spa->spa_load_txg_ts;
1865 1865 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
1866 1866 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_TIME, spa->spa_load_txg_ts) == 0);
1867 1867 VERIFY(nvlist_add_int64(spa->spa_load_info,
1868 1868 ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_TIME, loss) == 0);
1869 1869 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
1870 1870 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_DATA_ERRORS, sle.sle_data_count) == 0);
1871 1871 } else {
1872 1872 spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
1873 1873 }
1874 1874
1875 1875 if (error) {
1876 1876 if (error != ENXIO && error != EIO)
1877 1877 error = SET_ERROR(EIO);
1878 1878 return (error);
1879 1879 }
1880 1880
1881 1881 return (verify_ok ? 0 : EIO);
1882 1882 }
1883 1883
1884 1884 /*
1885 1885 * Find a value in the pool props object.
1886 1886 */
1887 1887 static void
1888 1888 spa_prop_find(spa_t *spa, zpool_prop_t prop, uint64_t *val)
1889 1889 {
1890 1890 (void) zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, spa->spa_pool_props_object,
1891 1891 zpool_prop_to_name(prop), sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val);
1892 1892 }
1893 1893
1894 1894 /*
1895 1895 * Find a value in the pool directory object.
1896 1896 */
1897 1897 static int
1898 1898 spa_dir_prop(spa_t *spa, const char *name, uint64_t *val)
1899 1899 {
1900 1900 return (zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
1901 1901 name, sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val));
1902 1902 }
1903 1903
1904 1904 static int
1905 1905 spa_vdev_err(vdev_t *vdev, vdev_aux_t aux, int err)
1906 1906 {
1907 1907 vdev_set_state(vdev, B_TRUE, VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN, aux);
1908 1908 return (err);
1909 1909 }
1910 1910
1911 1911 /*
1912 1912 * Fix up config after a partly-completed split. This is done with the
1913 1913 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT nvlist. Both the splitting pool and the split-off
1914 1914 * pool have that entry in their config, but only the splitting one contains
1915 1915 * a list of all the guids of the vdevs that are being split off.
1916 1916 *
1917 1917 * This function determines what to do with that list: either rejoin
1918 1918 * all the disks to the pool, or complete the splitting process. To attempt
1919 1919 * the rejoin, each disk that is offlined is marked online again, and
1920 1920 * we do a reopen() call. If the vdev label for every disk that was
1921 1921 * marked online indicates it was successfully split off (VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
1922 1922 * then we call vdev_split() on each disk, and complete the split.
1923 1923 *
1924 1924 * Otherwise we leave the config alone, with all the vdevs in place in
1925 1925 * the original pool.
1926 1926 */
1927 1927 static void
1928 1928 spa_try_repair(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
1929 1929 {
1930 1930 uint_t extracted;
1931 1931 uint64_t *glist;
1932 1932 uint_t i, gcount;
1933 1933 nvlist_t *nvl;
1934 1934 vdev_t **vd;
1935 1935 boolean_t attempt_reopen;
1936 1936
1937 1937 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT, &nvl) != 0)
1938 1938 return;
1939 1939
1940 1940 /* check that the config is complete */
1941 1941 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST,
1942 1942 &glist, &gcount) != 0)
1943 1943 return;
1944 1944
1945 1945 vd = kmem_zalloc(gcount * sizeof (vdev_t *), KM_SLEEP);
1946 1946
1947 1947 /* attempt to online all the vdevs & validate */
1948 1948 attempt_reopen = B_TRUE;
1949 1949 for (i = 0; i < gcount; i++) {
1950 1950 if (glist[i] == 0) /* vdev is hole */
1951 1951 continue;
1952 1952
1953 1953 vd[i] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, glist[i], B_FALSE);
1954 1954 if (vd[i] == NULL) {
1955 1955 /*
1956 1956 * Don't bother attempting to reopen the disks;
1957 1957 * just do the split.
1958 1958 */
1959 1959 attempt_reopen = B_FALSE;
1960 1960 } else {
1961 1961 /* attempt to re-online it */
1962 1962 vd[i]->vdev_offline = B_FALSE;
1963 1963 }
1964 1964 }
1965 1965
1966 1966 if (attempt_reopen) {
1967 1967 vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
1968 1968
1969 1969 /* check each device to see what state it's in */
1970 1970 for (extracted = 0, i = 0; i < gcount; i++) {
1971 1971 if (vd[i] != NULL &&
1972 1972 vd[i]->vdev_stat.vs_aux != VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
1973 1973 break;
1974 1974 ++extracted;
1975 1975 }
1976 1976 }
1977 1977
1978 1978 /*
1979 1979 * If every disk has been moved to the new pool, or if we never
1980 1980 * even attempted to look at them, then we split them off for
1981 1981 * good.
1982 1982 */
1983 1983 if (!attempt_reopen || gcount == extracted) {
1984 1984 for (i = 0; i < gcount; i++)
1985 1985 if (vd[i] != NULL)
1986 1986 vdev_split(vd[i]);
1987 1987 vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
1988 1988 }
1989 1989
1990 1990 kmem_free(vd, gcount * sizeof (vdev_t *));
1991 1991 }
1992 1992
1993 1993 static int
1994 1994 spa_load(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, spa_import_type_t type,
1995 1995 boolean_t mosconfig)
1996 1996 {
1997 1997 nvlist_t *config = spa->spa_config;
1998 1998 char *ereport = FM_EREPORT_ZFS_POOL;
1999 1999 char *comment;
2000 2000 int error;
2001 2001 uint64_t pool_guid;
2002 2002 nvlist_t *nvl;
2003 2003
2004 2004 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID, &pool_guid))
2005 2005 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
2006 2006
2007 2007 ASSERT(spa->spa_comment == NULL);
2008 2008 if (nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_COMMENT, &comment) == 0)
2009 2009 spa->spa_comment = spa_strdup(comment);
2010 2010
2011 2011 /*
2012 2012 * Versioning wasn't explicitly added to the label until later, so if
2013 2013 * it's not present treat it as the initial version.
2014 2014 */
2015 2015 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
2016 2016 &spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version) != 0)
2017 2017 spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version = SPA_VERSION_INITIAL;
2018 2018
2019 2019 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
2020 2020 &spa->spa_config_txg);
2021 2021
2022 2022 if ((state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT || state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) &&
2023 2023 spa_guid_exists(pool_guid, 0)) {
2024 2024 error = SET_ERROR(EEXIST);
2025 2025 } else {
2026 2026 spa->spa_config_guid = pool_guid;
2027 2027
2028 2028 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT,
2029 2029 &nvl) == 0) {
2030 2030 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(nvl, &spa->spa_config_splitting,
2031 2031 KM_SLEEP) == 0);
2032 2032 }
2033 2033
2034 2034 nvlist_free(spa->spa_load_info);
2035 2035 spa->spa_load_info = fnvlist_alloc();
2036 2036
2037 2037 gethrestime(&spa->spa_loaded_ts);
2038 2038 error = spa_load_impl(spa, pool_guid, config, state, type,
2039 2039 mosconfig, &ereport);
2040 2040 }
2041 2041
2042 2042 spa->spa_minref = refcount_count(&spa->spa_refcount);
2043 2043 if (error) {
2044 2044 if (error != EEXIST) {
2045 2045 spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_sec = 0;
2046 2046 spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_nsec = 0;
2047 2047 }
2048 2048 if (error != EBADF) {
2049 2049 zfs_ereport_post(ereport, spa, NULL, NULL, 0, 0);
2050 2050 }
2051 2051 }
2052 2052 spa->spa_load_state = error ? SPA_LOAD_ERROR : SPA_LOAD_NONE;
2053 2053 spa->spa_ena = 0;
2054 2054
2055 2055 return (error);
2056 2056 }
2057 2057
2058 2058 /*
2059 2059 * Load an existing storage pool, using the pool's builtin spa_config as a
2060 2060 * source of configuration information.
2061 2061 */
2062 2062 static int
2063 2063 spa_load_impl(spa_t *spa, uint64_t pool_guid, nvlist_t *config,
2064 2064 spa_load_state_t state, spa_import_type_t type, boolean_t mosconfig,
2065 2065 char **ereport)
2066 2066 {
2067 2067 int error = 0;
2068 2068 nvlist_t *nvroot = NULL;
2069 2069 nvlist_t *label;
2070 2070 vdev_t *rvd;
2071 2071 uberblock_t *ub = &spa->spa_uberblock;
2072 2072 uint64_t children, config_cache_txg = spa->spa_config_txg;
2073 2073 int orig_mode = spa->spa_mode;
2074 2074 int parse;
2075 2075 uint64_t obj;
2076 2076 boolean_t missing_feat_write = B_FALSE;
2077 2077
2078 2078 /*
2079 2079 * If this is an untrusted config, access the pool in read-only mode.
2080 2080 * This prevents things like resilvering recently removed devices.
2081 2081 */
2082 2082 if (!mosconfig)
2083 2083 spa->spa_mode = FREAD;
2084 2084
2085 2085 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
2086 2086
2087 2087 spa->spa_load_state = state;
2088 2088
2089 2089 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot))
2090 2090 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
2091 2091
2092 2092 parse = (type == SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING ?
2093 2093 VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD : VDEV_ALLOC_SPLIT);
2094 2094
2095 2095 /*
2096 2096 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
2097 2097 */
2098 2098 spa->spa_async_zio_root = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
2099 2099 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE | ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER);
2100 2100
2101 2101 /*
2102 2102 * Parse the configuration into a vdev tree. We explicitly set the
2103 2103 * value that will be returned by spa_version() since parsing the
2104 2104 * configuration requires knowing the version number.
2105 2105 */
2106 2106 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2107 2107 error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvroot, NULL, 0, parse);
2108 2108 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2109 2109
2110 2110 if (error != 0)
2111 2111 return (error);
2112 2112
2113 2113 ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == rvd);
2114 2114
2115 2115 if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2116 2116 ASSERT(spa_guid(spa) == pool_guid);
2117 2117 }
2118 2118
2119 2119 /*
2120 2120 * Try to open all vdevs, loading each label in the process.
2121 2121 */
2122 2122 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2123 2123 error = vdev_open(rvd);
2124 2124 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2125 2125 if (error != 0)
2126 2126 return (error);
2127 2127
2128 2128 /*
2129 2129 * We need to validate the vdev labels against the configuration that
2130 2130 * we have in hand, which is dependent on the setting of mosconfig. If
2131 2131 * mosconfig is true then we're validating the vdev labels based on
2132 2132 * that config. Otherwise, we're validating against the cached config
2133 2133 * (zpool.cache) that was read when we loaded the zfs module, and then
2134 2134 * later we will recursively call spa_load() and validate against
2135 2135 * the vdev config.
2136 2136 *
2137 2137 * If we're assembling a new pool that's been split off from an
2138 2138 * existing pool, the labels haven't yet been updated so we skip
2139 2139 * validation for now.
2140 2140 */
2141 2141 if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2142 2142 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2143 2143 error = vdev_validate(rvd, mosconfig);
2144 2144 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2145 2145
2146 2146 if (error != 0)
2147 2147 return (error);
2148 2148
2149 2149 if (rvd->vdev_state <= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN)
2150 2150 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
2151 2151 }
2152 2152
2153 2153 /*
2154 2154 * Find the best uberblock.
2155 2155 */
2156 2156 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd, ub, &label);
2157 2157
2158 2158 /*
2159 2159 * If we weren't able to find a single valid uberblock, return failure.
2160 2160 */
2161 2161 if (ub->ub_txg == 0) {
2162 2162 nvlist_free(label);
2163 2163 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, ENXIO));
2164 2164 }
2165 2165
2166 2166 /*
2167 2167 * If the pool has an unsupported version we can't open it.
2168 2168 */
2169 2169 if (!SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(ub->ub_version)) {
2170 2170 nvlist_free(label);
2171 2171 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_VERSION_NEWER, ENOTSUP));
2172 2172 }
2173 2173
2174 2174 if (ub->ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
2175 2175 nvlist_t *features;
2176 2176
2177 2177 /*
2178 2178 * If we weren't able to find what's necessary for reading the
2179 2179 * MOS in the label, return failure.
2180 2180 */
2181 2181 if (label == NULL || nvlist_lookup_nvlist(label,
2182 2182 ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ, &features) != 0) {
2183 2183 nvlist_free(label);
2184 2184 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA,
2185 2185 ENXIO));
2186 2186 }
2187 2187
2188 2188 /*
2189 2189 * Update our in-core representation with the definitive values
2190 2190 * from the label.
2191 2191 */
2192 2192 nvlist_free(spa->spa_label_features);
2193 2193 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(features, &spa->spa_label_features, 0) == 0);
2194 2194 }
2195 2195
2196 2196 nvlist_free(label);
2197 2197
2198 2198 /*
2199 2199 * Look through entries in the label nvlist's features_for_read. If
2200 2200 * there is a feature listed there which we don't understand then we
2201 2201 * cannot open a pool.
2202 2202 */
2203 2203 if (ub->ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
2204 2204 nvlist_t *unsup_feat;
2205 2205
2206 2206 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&unsup_feat, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) ==
2207 2207 0);
2208 2208
2209 2209 for (nvpair_t *nvp = nvlist_next_nvpair(spa->spa_label_features,
2210 2210 NULL); nvp != NULL;
2211 2211 nvp = nvlist_next_nvpair(spa->spa_label_features, nvp)) {
2212 2212 if (!zfeature_is_supported(nvpair_name(nvp))) {
2213 2213 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(unsup_feat,
2214 2214 nvpair_name(nvp), "") == 0);
2215 2215 }
2216 2216 }
2217 2217
2218 2218 if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat)) {
2219 2219 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
2220 2220 ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT, unsup_feat) == 0);
2221 2221 nvlist_free(unsup_feat);
2222 2222 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT,
2223 2223 ENOTSUP));
2224 2224 }
2225 2225
2226 2226 nvlist_free(unsup_feat);
2227 2227 }
2228 2228
2229 2229 /*
2230 2230 * If the vdev guid sum doesn't match the uberblock, we have an
2231 2231 * incomplete configuration. We first check to see if the pool
2232 2232 * is aware of the complete config (i.e ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_CHILDREN).
2233 2233 * If it is, defer the vdev_guid_sum check till later so we
2234 2234 * can handle missing vdevs.
2235 2235 */
2236 2236 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_CHILDREN,
2237 2237 &children) != 0 && mosconfig && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE &&
2238 2238 rvd->vdev_guid_sum != ub->ub_guid_sum)
2239 2239 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM, ENXIO));
2240 2240
2241 2241 if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE && spa->spa_config_splitting) {
2242 2242 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2243 2243 spa_try_repair(spa, config);
2244 2244 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2245 2245 nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_splitting);
2246 2246 spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
2247 2247 }
2248 2248
2249 2249 /*
2250 2250 * Initialize internal SPA structures.
2251 2251 */
2252 2252 spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_ACTIVE;
2253 2253 spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
2254 2254 spa->spa_verify_min_txg = spa->spa_extreme_rewind ?
2255 2255 TXG_INITIAL - 1 : spa_last_synced_txg(spa) - TXG_DEFER_SIZE - 1;
2256 2256 spa->spa_first_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg ?
2257 2257 spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg : spa_last_synced_txg(spa) + 1;
2258 2258 spa->spa_claim_max_txg = spa->spa_first_txg;
2259 2259 spa->spa_prev_software_version = ub->ub_software_version;
2260 2260
2261 2261 error = dsl_pool_init(spa, spa->spa_first_txg, &spa->spa_dsl_pool);
2262 2262 if (error)
2263 2263 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2264 2264 spa->spa_meta_objset = spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_meta_objset;
2265 2265
2266 2266 if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_CONFIG, &spa->spa_config_object) != 0)
2267 2267 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2268 2268
2269 2269 if (spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
2270 2270 boolean_t missing_feat_read = B_FALSE;
2271 2271 nvlist_t *unsup_feat, *enabled_feat;
2272 2272
2273 2273 if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_READ,
2274 2274 &spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj) != 0) {
2275 2275 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2276 2276 }
2277 2277
2278 2278 if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_WRITE,
2279 2279 &spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj) != 0) {
2280 2280 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2281 2281 }
2282 2282
2283 2283 if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_DESCRIPTIONS,
2284 2284 &spa->spa_feat_desc_obj) != 0) {
2285 2285 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2286 2286 }
2287 2287
2288 2288 enabled_feat = fnvlist_alloc();
2289 2289 unsup_feat = fnvlist_alloc();
2290 2290
2291 2291 if (!feature_is_supported(spa->spa_meta_objset,
2292 2292 spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj, spa->spa_feat_desc_obj,
2293 2293 unsup_feat, enabled_feat))
2294 2294 missing_feat_read = B_TRUE;
2295 2295
2296 2296 if (spa_writeable(spa) || state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
2297 2297 if (!feature_is_supported(spa->spa_meta_objset,
2298 2298 spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj, spa->spa_feat_desc_obj,
2299 2299 unsup_feat, enabled_feat)) {
2300 2300 missing_feat_write = B_TRUE;
2301 2301 }
2302 2302 }
2303 2303
2304 2304 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
2305 2305 ZPOOL_CONFIG_ENABLED_FEAT, enabled_feat);
2306 2306
2307 2307 if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat)) {
2308 2308 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
2309 2309 ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT, unsup_feat);
2310 2310 }
2311 2311
2312 2312 fnvlist_free(enabled_feat);
2313 2313 fnvlist_free(unsup_feat);
2314 2314
2315 2315 if (!missing_feat_read) {
2316 2316 fnvlist_add_boolean(spa->spa_load_info,
2317 2317 ZPOOL_CONFIG_CAN_RDONLY);
2318 2318 }
2319 2319
2320 2320 /*
2321 2321 * If the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, our objective is
2322 2322 * twofold: to determine whether the pool is available for
2323 2323 * import in read-write mode and (if it is not) whether the
2324 2324 * pool is available for import in read-only mode. If the pool
2325 2325 * is available for import in read-write mode, it is displayed
2326 2326 * as available in userland; if it is not available for import
2327 2327 * in read-only mode, it is displayed as unavailable in
2328 2328 * userland. If the pool is available for import in read-only
2329 2329 * mode but not read-write mode, it is displayed as unavailable
2330 2330 * in userland with a special note that the pool is actually
2331 2331 * available for open in read-only mode.
2332 2332 *
2333 2333 * As a result, if the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT and we are
2334 2334 * missing a feature for write, we must first determine whether
2335 2335 * the pool can be opened read-only before returning to
2336 2336 * userland in order to know whether to display the
2337 2337 * abovementioned note.
2338 2338 */
2339 2339 if (missing_feat_read || (missing_feat_write &&
2340 2340 spa_writeable(spa))) {
2341 2341 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT,
2342 2342 ENOTSUP));
2343 2343 }
2344 2344 }
2345 2345
2346 2346 spa->spa_is_initializing = B_TRUE;
2347 2347 error = dsl_pool_open(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
2348 2348 spa->spa_is_initializing = B_FALSE;
2349 2349 if (error != 0)
2350 2350 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2351 2351
2352 2352 if (!mosconfig) {
2353 2353 uint64_t hostid;
2354 2354 nvlist_t *policy = NULL, *nvconfig;
2355 2355
2356 2356 if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, &nvconfig) != 0)
2357 2357 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2358 2358
2359 2359 if (!spa_is_root(spa) && nvlist_lookup_uint64(nvconfig,
2360 2360 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID, &hostid) == 0) {
2361 2361 char *hostname;
2362 2362 unsigned long myhostid = 0;
2363 2363
2364 2364 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_string(nvconfig,
2365 2365 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME, &hostname) == 0);
2366 2366
2367 2367 #ifdef _KERNEL
2368 2368 myhostid = zone_get_hostid(NULL);
2369 2369 #else /* _KERNEL */
2370 2370 /*
2371 2371 * We're emulating the system's hostid in userland, so
2372 2372 * we can't use zone_get_hostid().
2373 2373 */
2374 2374 (void) ddi_strtoul(hw_serial, NULL, 10, &myhostid);
2375 2375 #endif /* _KERNEL */
2376 2376 if (hostid != 0 && myhostid != 0 &&
2377 2377 hostid != myhostid) {
2378 2378 nvlist_free(nvconfig);
2379 2379 cmn_err(CE_WARN, "pool '%s' could not be "
2380 2380 "loaded as it was last accessed by "
2381 2381 "another system (host: %s hostid: 0x%lx). "
2382 2382 "See: http://illumos.org/msg/ZFS-8000-EY",
2383 2383 spa_name(spa), hostname,
2384 2384 (unsigned long)hostid);
2385 2385 return (SET_ERROR(EBADF));
2386 2386 }
2387 2387 }
2388 2388 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(spa->spa_config,
2389 2389 ZPOOL_REWIND_POLICY, &policy) == 0)
2390 2390 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(nvconfig,
2391 2391 ZPOOL_REWIND_POLICY, policy) == 0);
2392 2392
2393 2393 spa_config_set(spa, nvconfig);
2394 2394 spa_unload(spa);
2395 2395 spa_deactivate(spa);
2396 2396 spa_activate(spa, orig_mode);
2397 2397
2398 2398 return (spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING, B_TRUE));
2399 2399 }
2400 2400
2401 2401 if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ, &obj) != 0)
2402 2402 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2403 2403 error = bpobj_open(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, spa->spa_meta_objset, obj);
2404 2404 if (error != 0)
2405 2405 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2406 2406
2407 2407 /*
2408 2408 * Load the bit that tells us to use the new accounting function
2409 2409 * (raid-z deflation). If we have an older pool, this will not
2410 2410 * be present.
2411 2411 */
2412 2412 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE, &spa->spa_deflate);
2413 2413 if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2414 2414 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2415 2415
2416 2416 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION,
2417 2417 &spa->spa_creation_version);
2418 2418 if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2419 2419 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2420 2420
2421 2421 /*
2422 2422 * Load the persistent error log. If we have an older pool, this will
2423 2423 * not be present.
2424 2424 */
2425 2425 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_LAST, &spa->spa_errlog_last);
2426 2426 if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2427 2427 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2428 2428
2429 2429 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_SCRUB,
2430 2430 &spa->spa_errlog_scrub);
2431 2431 if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2432 2432 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2433 2433
2434 2434 /*
2435 2435 * Load the history object. If we have an older pool, this
2436 2436 * will not be present.
2437 2437 */
2438 2438 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_HISTORY, &spa->spa_history);
2439 2439 if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2440 2440 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2441 2441
2442 2442 /*
2443 2443 * If we're assembling the pool from the split-off vdevs of
2444 2444 * an existing pool, we don't want to attach the spares & cache
2445 2445 * devices.
2446 2446 */
2447 2447
2448 2448 /*
2449 2449 * Load any hot spares for this pool.
2450 2450 */
2451 2451 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_SPARES, &spa->spa_spares.sav_object);
2452 2452 if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2453 2453 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2454 2454 if (error == 0 && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2455 2455 ASSERT(spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES);
2456 2456 if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_spares.sav_object,
2457 2457 &spa->spa_spares.sav_config) != 0)
2458 2458 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2459 2459
2460 2460 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2461 2461 spa_load_spares(spa);
2462 2462 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2463 2463 } else if (error == 0) {
2464 2464 spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
2465 2465 }
2466 2466
2467 2467 /*
2468 2468 * Load any level 2 ARC devices for this pool.
2469 2469 */
2470 2470 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE,
2471 2471 &spa->spa_l2cache.sav_object);
2472 2472 if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2473 2473 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2474 2474 if (error == 0 && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2475 2475 ASSERT(spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE);
2476 2476 if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_l2cache.sav_object,
2477 2477 &spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) != 0)
2478 2478 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2479 2479
2480 2480 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2481 2481 spa_load_l2cache(spa);
2482 2482 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2483 2483 } else if (error == 0) {
2484 2484 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
2485 2485 }
2486 2486
2487 2487 spa->spa_delegation = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION);
2488 2488
2489 2489 error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_PROPS, &spa->spa_pool_props_object);
2490 2490 if (error && error != ENOENT)
2491 2491 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2492 2492
2493 2493 if (error == 0) {
2494 2494 uint64_t autoreplace;
2495 2495
2496 2496 spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS, &spa->spa_bootfs);
2497 2497 spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE, &autoreplace);
2498 2498 spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION, &spa->spa_delegation);
2499 2499 spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE, &spa->spa_failmode);
2500 2500 spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND, &spa->spa_autoexpand);
2501 2501 spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO,
2502 2502 &spa->spa_dedup_ditto);
2503 2503
2504 2504 spa->spa_autoreplace = (autoreplace != 0);
2505 2505 }
2506 2506
2507 2507 /*
2508 2508 * If the 'autoreplace' property is set, then post a resource notifying
2509 2509 * the ZFS DE that it should not issue any faults for unopenable
2510 2510 * devices. We also iterate over the vdevs, and post a sysevent for any
2511 2511 * unopenable vdevs so that the normal autoreplace handler can take
2512 2512 * over.
2513 2513 */
2514 2514 if (spa->spa_autoreplace && state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
2515 2515 spa_check_removed(spa->spa_root_vdev);
2516 2516 /*
2517 2517 * For the import case, this is done in spa_import(), because
2518 2518 * at this point we're using the spare definitions from
2519 2519 * the MOS config, not necessarily from the userland config.
2520 2520 */
2521 2521 if (state != SPA_LOAD_IMPORT) {
2522 2522 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_spares);
2523 2523 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_l2cache);
2524 2524 }
2525 2525 }
2526 2526
2527 2527 /*
2528 2528 * Load the vdev state for all toplevel vdevs.
2529 2529 */
2530 2530 vdev_load(rvd);
2531 2531
2532 2532 /*
2533 2533 * Propagate the leaf DTLs we just loaded all the way up the tree.
2534 2534 */
2535 2535 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2536 2536 vdev_dtl_reassess(rvd, 0, 0, B_FALSE);
2537 2537 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2538 2538
2539 2539 /*
2540 2540 * Load the DDTs (dedup tables).
2541 2541 */
2542 2542 error = ddt_load(spa);
2543 2543 if (error != 0)
2544 2544 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2545 2545
2546 2546 spa_update_dspace(spa);
2547 2547
2548 2548 /*
2549 2549 * Validate the config, using the MOS config to fill in any
2550 2550 * information which might be missing. If we fail to validate
2551 2551 * the config then declare the pool unfit for use. If we're
2552 2552 * assembling a pool from a split, the log is not transferred
2553 2553 * over.
2554 2554 */
2555 2555 if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2556 2556 nvlist_t *nvconfig;
2557 2557
2558 2558 if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, &nvconfig) != 0)
2559 2559 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2560 2560
2561 2561 if (!spa_config_valid(spa, nvconfig)) {
2562 2562 nvlist_free(nvconfig);
2563 2563 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM,
2564 2564 ENXIO));
2565 2565 }
2566 2566 nvlist_free(nvconfig);
2567 2567
2568 2568 /*
2569 2569 * Now that we've validated the config, check the state of the
2570 2570 * root vdev. If it can't be opened, it indicates one or
2571 2571 * more toplevel vdevs are faulted.
2572 2572 */
2573 2573 if (rvd->vdev_state <= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN)
2574 2574 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
2575 2575
2576 2576 if (spa_check_logs(spa)) {
2577 2577 *ereport = FM_EREPORT_ZFS_LOG_REPLAY;
2578 2578 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_LOG, ENXIO));
2579 2579 }
2580 2580 }
2581 2581
2582 2582 if (missing_feat_write) {
2583 2583 ASSERT(state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT);
2584 2584
2585 2585 /*
2586 2586 * At this point, we know that we can open the pool in
2587 2587 * read-only mode but not read-write mode. We now have enough
2588 2588 * information and can return to userland.
2589 2589 */
2590 2590 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT, ENOTSUP));
2591 2591 }
2592 2592
2593 2593 /*
2594 2594 * We've successfully opened the pool, verify that we're ready
2595 2595 * to start pushing transactions.
2596 2596 */
2597 2597 if (state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
2598 2598 if (error = spa_load_verify(spa))
2599 2599 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA,
2600 2600 error));
2601 2601 }
2602 2602
2603 2603 if (spa_writeable(spa) && (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER ||
2604 2604 spa->spa_load_max_txg == UINT64_MAX)) {
2605 2605 dmu_tx_t *tx;
2606 2606 int need_update = B_FALSE;
2607 2607
2608 2608 ASSERT(state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT);
2609 2609
2610 2610 /*
2611 2611 * Claim log blocks that haven't been committed yet.
2612 2612 * This must all happen in a single txg.
2613 2613 * Note: spa_claim_max_txg is updated by spa_claim_notify(),
2614 2614 * invoked from zil_claim_log_block()'s i/o done callback.
2615 2615 * Price of rollback is that we abandon the log.
2616 2616 */
2617 2617 spa->spa_claiming = B_TRUE;
2618 2618
2619 2619 tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(spa_get_dsl(spa),
2620 2620 spa_first_txg(spa));
2621 2621 (void) dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa),
2622 2622 zil_claim, tx, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
2623 2623 dmu_tx_commit(tx);
2624 2624
2625 2625 spa->spa_claiming = B_FALSE;
2626 2626
2627 2627 spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_GOOD);
2628 2628 spa->spa_sync_on = B_TRUE;
2629 2629 txg_sync_start(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
2630 2630
2631 2631 /*
2632 2632 * Wait for all claims to sync. We sync up to the highest
2633 2633 * claimed log block birth time so that claimed log blocks
2634 2634 * don't appear to be from the future. spa_claim_max_txg
2635 2635 * will have been set for us by either zil_check_log_chain()
2636 2636 * (invoked from spa_check_logs()) or zil_claim() above.
2637 2637 */
2638 2638 txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, spa->spa_claim_max_txg);
2639 2639
2640 2640 /*
2641 2641 * If the config cache is stale, or we have uninitialized
2642 2642 * metaslabs (see spa_vdev_add()), then update the config.
2643 2643 *
2644 2644 * If this is a verbatim import, trust the current
2645 2645 * in-core spa_config and update the disk labels.
2646 2646 */
2647 2647 if (config_cache_txg != spa->spa_config_txg ||
2648 2648 state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT ||
2649 2649 state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER ||
2650 2650 (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM))
2651 2651 need_update = B_TRUE;
2652 2652
2653 2653 for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++)
2654 2654 if (rvd->vdev_child[c]->vdev_ms_array == 0)
2655 2655 need_update = B_TRUE;
2656 2656
2657 2657 /*
2658 2658 * Update the config cache asychronously in case we're the
2659 2659 * root pool, in which case the config cache isn't writable yet.
2660 2660 */
2661 2661 if (need_update)
2662 2662 spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE);
2663 2663
2664 2664 /*
2665 2665 * Check all DTLs to see if anything needs resilvering.
2666 2666 */
2667 2667 if (!dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool) &&
2668 2668 vdev_resilver_needed(rvd, NULL, NULL))
2669 2669 spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER);
2670 2670
2671 2671 /*
2672 2672 * Log the fact that we booted up (so that we can detect if
2673 2673 * we rebooted in the middle of an operation).
2674 2674 */
2675 2675 spa_history_log_version(spa, "open");
2676 2676
2677 2677 /*
2678 2678 * Delete any inconsistent datasets.
2679 2679 */
2680 2680 (void) dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa),
2681 2681 dsl_destroy_inconsistent, NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
2682 2682
2683 2683 /*
2684 2684 * Clean up any stale temporary dataset userrefs.
2685 2685 */
2686 2686 dsl_pool_clean_tmp_userrefs(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
2687 2687 }
2688 2688
2689 2689 return (0);
2690 2690 }
2691 2691
2692 2692 static int
2693 2693 spa_load_retry(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, int mosconfig)
2694 2694 {
2695 2695 int mode = spa->spa_mode;
2696 2696
2697 2697 spa_unload(spa);
2698 2698 spa_deactivate(spa);
2699 2699
2700 2700 spa->spa_load_max_txg--;
2701 2701
2702 2702 spa_activate(spa, mode);
2703 2703 spa_async_suspend(spa);
2704 2704
2705 2705 return (spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING, mosconfig));
2706 2706 }
2707 2707
2708 2708 /*
2709 2709 * If spa_load() fails this function will try loading prior txg's. If
2710 2710 * 'state' is SPA_LOAD_RECOVER and one of these loads succeeds the pool
2711 2711 * will be rewound to that txg. If 'state' is not SPA_LOAD_RECOVER this
2712 2712 * function will not rewind the pool and will return the same error as
2713 2713 * spa_load().
2714 2714 */
2715 2715 static int
2716 2716 spa_load_best(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, int mosconfig,
2717 2717 uint64_t max_request, int rewind_flags)
2718 2718 {
2719 2719 nvlist_t *loadinfo = NULL;
2720 2720 nvlist_t *config = NULL;
2721 2721 int load_error, rewind_error;
2722 2722 uint64_t safe_rewind_txg;
2723 2723 uint64_t min_txg;
2724 2724
2725 2725 if (spa->spa_load_txg && state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
2726 2726 spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_load_txg;
2727 2727 spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
2728 2728 } else {
2729 2729 spa->spa_load_max_txg = max_request;
2730 2730 }
2731 2731
2732 2732 load_error = rewind_error = spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING,
2733 2733 mosconfig);
2734 2734 if (load_error == 0)
2735 2735 return (0);
2736 2736
2737 2737 if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL)
2738 2738 config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
2739 2739
2740 2740 spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
2741 2741 spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp;
2742 2742
2743 2743 if (rewind_flags & ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND) {
2744 2744 nvlist_free(config);
2745 2745 return (load_error);
2746 2746 }
2747 2747
2748 2748 if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
2749 2749 /* Price of rolling back is discarding txgs, including log */
2750 2750 spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
2751 2751 } else {
2752 2752 /*
2753 2753 * If we aren't rolling back save the load info from our first
2754 2754 * import attempt so that we can restore it after attempting
2755 2755 * to rewind.
2756 2756 */
2757 2757 loadinfo = spa->spa_load_info;
2758 2758 spa->spa_load_info = fnvlist_alloc();
2759 2759 }
2760 2760
2761 2761 spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg;
2762 2762 safe_rewind_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg - TXG_DEFER_SIZE;
2763 2763 min_txg = (rewind_flags & ZPOOL_EXTREME_REWIND) ?
2764 2764 TXG_INITIAL : safe_rewind_txg;
2765 2765
2766 2766 /*
2767 2767 * Continue as long as we're finding errors, we're still within
2768 2768 * the acceptable rewind range, and we're still finding uberblocks
2769 2769 */
2770 2770 while (rewind_error && spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg >= min_txg &&
2771 2771 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg <= spa->spa_load_max_txg) {
2772 2772 if (spa->spa_load_max_txg < safe_rewind_txg)
2773 2773 spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE;
2774 2774 rewind_error = spa_load_retry(spa, state, mosconfig);
2775 2775 }
2776 2776
2777 2777 spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_FALSE;
2778 2778 spa->spa_load_max_txg = UINT64_MAX;
2779 2779
2780 2780 if (config && (rewind_error || state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER))
2781 2781 spa_config_set(spa, config);
2782 2782
2783 2783 if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
2784 2784 ASSERT3P(loadinfo, ==, NULL);
2785 2785 return (rewind_error);
2786 2786 } else {
2787 2787 /* Store the rewind info as part of the initial load info */
2788 2788 fnvlist_add_nvlist(loadinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_INFO,
2789 2789 spa->spa_load_info);
2790 2790
2791 2791 /* Restore the initial load info */
2792 2792 fnvlist_free(spa->spa_load_info);
2793 2793 spa->spa_load_info = loadinfo;
2794 2794
2795 2795 return (load_error);
2796 2796 }
2797 2797 }
2798 2798
2799 2799 /*
2800 2800 * Pool Open/Import
2801 2801 *
2802 2802 * The import case is identical to an open except that the configuration is sent
2803 2803 * down from userland, instead of grabbed from the configuration cache. For the
2804 2804 * case of an open, the pool configuration will exist in the
2805 2805 * POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED state.
2806 2806 *
2807 2807 * The stats information (gen/count/ustats) is used to gather vdev statistics at
2808 2808 * the same time open the pool, without having to keep around the spa_t in some
2809 2809 * ambiguous state.
2810 2810 */
2811 2811 static int
2812 2812 spa_open_common(const char *pool, spa_t **spapp, void *tag, nvlist_t *nvpolicy,
2813 2813 nvlist_t **config)
2814 2814 {
2815 2815 spa_t *spa;
2816 2816 spa_load_state_t state = SPA_LOAD_OPEN;
2817 2817 int error;
2818 2818 int locked = B_FALSE;
2819 2819
2820 2820 *spapp = NULL;
2821 2821
2822 2822 /*
2823 2823 * As disgusting as this is, we need to support recursive calls to this
2824 2824 * function because dsl_dir_open() is called during spa_load(), and ends
2825 2825 * up calling spa_open() again. The real fix is to figure out how to
2826 2826 * avoid dsl_dir_open() calling this in the first place.
2827 2827 */
2828 2828 if (mutex_owner(&spa_namespace_lock) != curthread) {
2829 2829 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
2830 2830 locked = B_TRUE;
2831 2831 }
2832 2832
2833 2833 if ((spa = spa_lookup(pool)) == NULL) {
2834 2834 if (locked)
2835 2835 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
2836 2836 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
2837 2837 }
2838 2838
2839 2839 if (spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
2840 2840 zpool_rewind_policy_t policy;
2841 2841
2842 2842 zpool_get_rewind_policy(nvpolicy ? nvpolicy : spa->spa_config,
2843 2843 &policy);
2844 2844 if (policy.zrp_request & ZPOOL_DO_REWIND)
2845 2845 state = SPA_LOAD_RECOVER;
2846 2846
2847 2847 spa_activate(spa, spa_mode_global);
2848 2848
2849 2849 if (state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER)
2850 2850 spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
2851 2851
2852 2852 error = spa_load_best(spa, state, B_FALSE, policy.zrp_txg,
2853 2853 policy.zrp_request);
2854 2854
2855 2855 if (error == EBADF) {
2856 2856 /*
2857 2857 * If vdev_validate() returns failure (indicated by
2858 2858 * EBADF), it indicates that one of the vdevs indicates
2859 2859 * that the pool has been exported or destroyed. If
2860 2860 * this is the case, the config cache is out of sync and
2861 2861 * we should remove the pool from the namespace.
2862 2862 */
2863 2863 spa_unload(spa);
2864 2864 spa_deactivate(spa);
2865 2865 spa_config_sync(spa, B_TRUE, B_TRUE);
2866 2866 spa_remove(spa);
2867 2867 if (locked)
2868 2868 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
2869 2869 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
2870 2870 }
2871 2871
2872 2872 if (error) {
2873 2873 /*
2874 2874 * We can't open the pool, but we still have useful
2875 2875 * information: the state of each vdev after the
2876 2876 * attempted vdev_open(). Return this to the user.
2877 2877 */
2878 2878 if (config != NULL && spa->spa_config) {
2879 2879 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, config,
2880 2880 KM_SLEEP) == 0);
2881 2881 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config,
2882 2882 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
2883 2883 spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
2884 2884 }
2885 2885 spa_unload(spa);
2886 2886 spa_deactivate(spa);
2887 2887 spa->spa_last_open_failed = error;
2888 2888 if (locked)
2889 2889 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
2890 2890 *spapp = NULL;
2891 2891 return (error);
2892 2892 }
2893 2893 }
2894 2894
2895 2895 spa_open_ref(spa, tag);
2896 2896
2897 2897 if (config != NULL)
2898 2898 *config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
2899 2899
2900 2900 /*
2901 2901 * If we've recovered the pool, pass back any information we
2902 2902 * gathered while doing the load.
2903 2903 */
2904 2904 if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
2905 2905 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
2906 2906 spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
2907 2907 }
2908 2908
2909 2909 if (locked) {
2910 2910 spa->spa_last_open_failed = 0;
2911 2911 spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = 0;
2912 2912 spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
2913 2913 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
2914 2914 }
2915 2915
2916 2916 *spapp = spa;
2917 2917
2918 2918 return (0);
2919 2919 }
2920 2920
2921 2921 int
2922 2922 spa_open_rewind(const char *name, spa_t **spapp, void *tag, nvlist_t *policy,
2923 2923 nvlist_t **config)
2924 2924 {
2925 2925 return (spa_open_common(name, spapp, tag, policy, config));
2926 2926 }
2927 2927
2928 2928 int
2929 2929 spa_open(const char *name, spa_t **spapp, void *tag)
2930 2930 {
2931 2931 return (spa_open_common(name, spapp, tag, NULL, NULL));
2932 2932 }
2933 2933
2934 2934 /*
2935 2935 * Lookup the given spa_t, incrementing the inject count in the process,
2936 2936 * preventing it from being exported or destroyed.
2937 2937 */
2938 2938 spa_t *
2939 2939 spa_inject_addref(char *name)
2940 2940 {
2941 2941 spa_t *spa;
2942 2942
2943 2943 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
2944 2944 if ((spa = spa_lookup(name)) == NULL) {
2945 2945 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
2946 2946 return (NULL);
2947 2947 }
2948 2948 spa->spa_inject_ref++;
2949 2949 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
2950 2950
2951 2951 return (spa);
2952 2952 }
2953 2953
2954 2954 void
2955 2955 spa_inject_delref(spa_t *spa)
2956 2956 {
2957 2957 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
2958 2958 spa->spa_inject_ref--;
2959 2959 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
2960 2960 }
2961 2961
2962 2962 /*
2963 2963 * Add spares device information to the nvlist.
2964 2964 */
2965 2965 static void
2966 2966 spa_add_spares(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
2967 2967 {
2968 2968 nvlist_t **spares;
2969 2969 uint_t i, nspares;
2970 2970 nvlist_t *nvroot;
2971 2971 uint64_t guid;
2972 2972 vdev_stat_t *vs;
2973 2973 uint_t vsc;
2974 2974 uint64_t pool;
2975 2975
2976 2976 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
2977 2977
2978 2978 if (spa->spa_spares.sav_count == 0)
2979 2979 return;
2980 2980
2981 2981 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config,
2982 2982 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot) == 0);
2983 2983 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
2984 2984 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
2985 2985 if (nspares != 0) {
2986 2986 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot,
2987 2987 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
2988 2988 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot,
2989 2989 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
2990 2990
2991 2991 /*
2992 2992 * Go through and find any spares which have since been
2993 2993 * repurposed as an active spare. If this is the case, update
2994 2994 * their status appropriately.
2995 2995 */
2996 2996 for (i = 0; i < nspares; i++) {
2997 2997 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(spares[i],
2998 2998 ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, &guid) == 0);
2999 2999 if (spa_spare_exists(guid, &pool, NULL) &&
3000 3000 pool != 0ULL) {
3001 3001 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(
3002 3002 spares[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS,
3003 3003 (uint64_t **)&vs, &vsc) == 0);
3004 3004 vs->vs_state = VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN;
3005 3005 vs->vs_aux = VDEV_AUX_SPARED;
3006 3006 }
3007 3007 }
3008 3008 }
3009 3009 }
3010 3010
3011 3011 /*
3012 3012 * Add l2cache device information to the nvlist, including vdev stats.
3013 3013 */
3014 3014 static void
3015 3015 spa_add_l2cache(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
3016 3016 {
3017 3017 nvlist_t **l2cache;
3018 3018 uint_t i, j, nl2cache;
3019 3019 nvlist_t *nvroot;
3020 3020 uint64_t guid;
3021 3021 vdev_t *vd;
3022 3022 vdev_stat_t *vs;
3023 3023 uint_t vsc;
3024 3024
3025 3025 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
3026 3026
3027 3027 if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count == 0)
3028 3028 return;
3029 3029
3030 3030 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config,
3031 3031 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot) == 0);
3032 3032 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
3033 3033 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
3034 3034 if (nl2cache != 0) {
3035 3035 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot,
3036 3036 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
3037 3037 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot,
3038 3038 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
3039 3039
3040 3040 /*
3041 3041 * Update level 2 cache device stats.
3042 3042 */
3043 3043
3044 3044 for (i = 0; i < nl2cache; i++) {
3045 3045 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache[i],
3046 3046 ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, &guid) == 0);
3047 3047
3048 3048 vd = NULL;
3049 3049 for (j = 0; j < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; j++) {
3050 3050 if (guid ==
3051 3051 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[j]->vdev_guid) {
3052 3052 vd = spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[j];
3053 3053 break;
3054 3054 }
3055 3055 }
3056 3056 ASSERT(vd != NULL);
3057 3057
3058 3058 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(l2cache[i],
3059 3059 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS, (uint64_t **)&vs, &vsc)
3060 3060 == 0);
3061 3061 vdev_get_stats(vd, vs);
3062 3062 }
3063 3063 }
3064 3064 }
3065 3065
3066 3066 static void
3067 3067 spa_add_feature_stats(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
3068 3068 {
3069 3069 nvlist_t *features;
3070 3070 zap_cursor_t zc;
3071 3071 zap_attribute_t za;
3072 3072
3073 3073 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
3074 3074 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&features, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3075 3075
3076 3076 if (spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj != 0) {
3077 3077 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
3078 3078 spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj);
3079 3079 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
3080 3080 zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
3081 3081 ASSERT(za.za_integer_length == sizeof (uint64_t) &&
3082 3082 za.za_num_integers == 1);
3083 3083 VERIFY3U(0, ==, nvlist_add_uint64(features, za.za_name,
3084 3084 za.za_first_integer));
3085 3085 }
3086 3086 zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
3087 3087 }
3088 3088
3089 3089 if (spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj != 0) {
3090 3090 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
3091 3091 spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj);
3092 3092 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
3093 3093 zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
3094 3094 ASSERT(za.za_integer_length == sizeof (uint64_t) &&
3095 3095 za.za_num_integers == 1);
3096 3096 VERIFY3U(0, ==, nvlist_add_uint64(features, za.za_name,
3097 3097 za.za_first_integer));
3098 3098 }
3099 3099 zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
3100 3100 }
3101 3101
3102 3102 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURE_STATS,
3103 3103 features) == 0);
3104 3104 nvlist_free(features);
3105 3105 }
3106 3106
3107 3107 int
3108 3108 spa_get_stats(const char *name, nvlist_t **config,
3109 3109 char *altroot, size_t buflen)
3110 3110 {
3111 3111 int error;
3112 3112 spa_t *spa;
3113 3113
3114 3114 *config = NULL;
3115 3115 error = spa_open_common(name, &spa, FTAG, NULL, config);
3116 3116
3117 3117 if (spa != NULL) {
3118 3118 /*
3119 3119 * This still leaves a window of inconsistency where the spares
3120 3120 * or l2cache devices could change and the config would be
3121 3121 * self-inconsistent.
3122 3122 */
3123 3123 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
3124 3124
3125 3125 if (*config != NULL) {
3126 3126 uint64_t loadtimes[2];
3127 3127
3128 3128 loadtimes[0] = spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_sec;
3129 3129 loadtimes[1] = spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_nsec;
3130 3130 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(*config,
3131 3131 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOADED_TIME, loadtimes, 2) == 0);
3132 3132
3133 3133 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config,
3134 3134 ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRCOUNT,
3135 3135 spa_get_errlog_size(spa)) == 0);
3136 3136
3137 3137 if (spa_suspended(spa))
3138 3138 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config,
3139 3139 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED,
3140 3140 spa->spa_failmode) == 0);
3141 3141
3142 3142 spa_add_spares(spa, *config);
3143 3143 spa_add_l2cache(spa, *config);
3144 3144 spa_add_feature_stats(spa, *config);
3145 3145 }
3146 3146 }
3147 3147
3148 3148 /*
3149 3149 * We want to get the alternate root even for faulted pools, so we cheat
3150 3150 * and call spa_lookup() directly.
3151 3151 */
3152 3152 if (altroot) {
3153 3153 if (spa == NULL) {
3154 3154 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
3155 3155 spa = spa_lookup(name);
3156 3156 if (spa)
3157 3157 spa_altroot(spa, altroot, buflen);
3158 3158 else
3159 3159 altroot[0] = '\0';
3160 3160 spa = NULL;
3161 3161 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3162 3162 } else {
3163 3163 spa_altroot(spa, altroot, buflen);
3164 3164 }
3165 3165 }
3166 3166
3167 3167 if (spa != NULL) {
3168 3168 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
3169 3169 spa_close(spa, FTAG);
3170 3170 }
3171 3171
3172 3172 return (error);
3173 3173 }
3174 3174
3175 3175 /*
3176 3176 * Validate that the auxiliary device array is well formed. We must have an
3177 3177 * array of nvlists, each which describes a valid leaf vdev. If this is an
3178 3178 * import (mode is VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE), then we allow corrupted spares to be
3179 3179 * specified, as long as they are well-formed.
3180 3180 */
3181 3181 static int
3182 3182 spa_validate_aux_devs(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot, uint64_t crtxg, int mode,
3183 3183 spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, const char *config, uint64_t version,
3184 3184 vdev_labeltype_t label)
3185 3185 {
3186 3186 nvlist_t **dev;
3187 3187 uint_t i, ndev;
3188 3188 vdev_t *vd;
3189 3189 int error;
3190 3190
3191 3191 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
3192 3192
3193 3193 /*
3194 3194 * It's acceptable to have no devs specified.
3195 3195 */
3196 3196 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, &dev, &ndev) != 0)
3197 3197 return (0);
3198 3198
3199 3199 if (ndev == 0)
3200 3200 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
3201 3201
3202 3202 /*
3203 3203 * Make sure the pool is formatted with a version that supports this
3204 3204 * device type.
3205 3205 */
3206 3206 if (spa_version(spa) < version)
3207 3207 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
3208 3208
3209 3209 /*
3210 3210 * Set the pending device list so we correctly handle device in-use
3211 3211 * checking.
3212 3212 */
3213 3213 sav->sav_pending = dev;
3214 3214 sav->sav_npending = ndev;
3215 3215
3216 3216 for (i = 0; i < ndev; i++) {
3217 3217 if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, dev[i], NULL, 0,
3218 3218 mode)) != 0)
3219 3219 goto out;
3220 3220
3221 3221 if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
3222 3222 vdev_free(vd);
3223 3223 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
3224 3224 goto out;
3225 3225 }
3226 3226
3227 3227 /*
3228 3228 * The L2ARC currently only supports disk devices in
3229 3229 * kernel context. For user-level testing, we allow it.
3230 3230 */
3231 3231 #ifdef _KERNEL
3232 3232 if ((strcmp(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE) == 0) &&
3233 3233 strcmp(vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_type, VDEV_TYPE_DISK) != 0) {
3234 3234 error = SET_ERROR(ENOTBLK);
3235 3235 vdev_free(vd);
3236 3236 goto out;
3237 3237 }
3238 3238 #endif
3239 3239 vd->vdev_top = vd;
3240 3240
3241 3241 if ((error = vdev_open(vd)) == 0 &&
3242 3242 (error = vdev_label_init(vd, crtxg, label)) == 0) {
3243 3243 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(dev[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
3244 3244 vd->vdev_guid) == 0);
3245 3245 }
3246 3246
3247 3247 vdev_free(vd);
3248 3248
3249 3249 if (error &&
3250 3250 (mode != VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE && mode != VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE))
3251 3251 goto out;
3252 3252 else
3253 3253 error = 0;
3254 3254 }
3255 3255
3256 3256 out:
3257 3257 sav->sav_pending = NULL;
3258 3258 sav->sav_npending = 0;
3259 3259 return (error);
3260 3260 }
3261 3261
3262 3262 static int
3263 3263 spa_validate_aux(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot, uint64_t crtxg, int mode)
3264 3264 {
3265 3265 int error;
3266 3266
3267 3267 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
3268 3268
3269 3269 if ((error = spa_validate_aux_devs(spa, nvroot, crtxg, mode,
3270 3270 &spa->spa_spares, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, SPA_VERSION_SPARES,
3271 3271 VDEV_LABEL_SPARE)) != 0) {
3272 3272 return (error);
3273 3273 }
3274 3274
3275 3275 return (spa_validate_aux_devs(spa, nvroot, crtxg, mode,
3276 3276 &spa->spa_l2cache, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE,
3277 3277 VDEV_LABEL_L2CACHE));
3278 3278 }
3279 3279
3280 3280 static void
3281 3281 spa_set_aux_vdevs(spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, nvlist_t **devs, int ndevs,
3282 3282 const char *config)
3283 3283 {
3284 3284 int i;
3285 3285
3286 3286 if (sav->sav_config != NULL) {
3287 3287 nvlist_t **olddevs;
3288 3288 uint_t oldndevs;
3289 3289 nvlist_t **newdevs;
3290 3290
3291 3291 /*
3292 3292 * Generate new dev list by concatentating with the
3293 3293 * current dev list.
3294 3294 */
3295 3295 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, config,
3296 3296 &olddevs, &oldndevs) == 0);
3297 3297
3298 3298 newdevs = kmem_alloc(sizeof (void *) *
3299 3299 (ndevs + oldndevs), KM_SLEEP);
3300 3300 for (i = 0; i < oldndevs; i++)
3301 3301 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(olddevs[i], &newdevs[i],
3302 3302 KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3303 3303 for (i = 0; i < ndevs; i++)
3304 3304 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(devs[i], &newdevs[i + oldndevs],
3305 3305 KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3306 3306
3307 3307 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav->sav_config, config,
3308 3308 DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
3309 3309
3310 3310 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
3311 3311 config, newdevs, ndevs + oldndevs) == 0);
3312 3312 for (i = 0; i < oldndevs + ndevs; i++)
3313 3313 nvlist_free(newdevs[i]);
3314 3314 kmem_free(newdevs, (oldndevs + ndevs) * sizeof (void *));
3315 3315 } else {
3316 3316 /*
3317 3317 * Generate a new dev list.
3318 3318 */
3319 3319 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&sav->sav_config, NV_UNIQUE_NAME,
3320 3320 KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3321 3321 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, config,
3322 3322 devs, ndevs) == 0);
3323 3323 }
3324 3324 }
3325 3325
3326 3326 /*
3327 3327 * Stop and drop level 2 ARC devices
3328 3328 */
3329 3329 void
3330 3330 spa_l2cache_drop(spa_t *spa)
3331 3331 {
3332 3332 vdev_t *vd;
3333 3333 int i;
3334 3334 spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_l2cache;
3335 3335
3336 3336 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) {
3337 3337 uint64_t pool;
3338 3338
3339 3339 vd = sav->sav_vdevs[i];
3340 3340 ASSERT(vd != NULL);
3341 3341
3342 3342 if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd->vdev_guid, &pool) &&
3343 3343 pool != 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd))
3344 3344 l2arc_remove_vdev(vd);
3345 3345 }
3346 3346 }
3347 3347
3348 3348 /*
3349 3349 * Pool Creation
3350 3350 */
3351 3351 int
3352 3352 spa_create(const char *pool, nvlist_t *nvroot, nvlist_t *props,
3353 3353 nvlist_t *zplprops)
3354 3354 {
3355 3355 spa_t *spa;
3356 3356 char *altroot = NULL;
3357 3357 vdev_t *rvd;
3358 3358 dsl_pool_t *dp;
3359 3359 dmu_tx_t *tx;
3360 3360 int error = 0;
3361 3361 uint64_t txg = TXG_INITIAL;
3362 3362 nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
3363 3363 uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
3364 3364 uint64_t version, obj;
3365 3365 boolean_t has_features;
3366 3366
3367 3367 /*
3368 3368 * If this pool already exists, return failure.
3369 3369 */
3370 3370 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
3371 3371 if (spa_lookup(pool) != NULL) {
3372 3372 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3373 3373 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST));
3374 3374 }
3375 3375
3376 3376 /*
3377 3377 * Allocate a new spa_t structure.
3378 3378 */
3379 3379 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
3380 3380 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
3381 3381 spa = spa_add(pool, NULL, altroot);
3382 3382 spa_activate(spa, spa_mode_global);
3383 3383
3384 3384 if (props && (error = spa_prop_validate(spa, props))) {
3385 3385 spa_deactivate(spa);
3386 3386 spa_remove(spa);
3387 3387 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3388 3388 return (error);
3389 3389 }
3390 3390
3391 3391 has_features = B_FALSE;
3392 3392 for (nvpair_t *elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, NULL);
3393 3393 elem != NULL; elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, elem)) {
3394 3394 if (zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)))
3395 3395 has_features = B_TRUE;
3396 3396 }
3397 3397
3398 3398 if (has_features || nvlist_lookup_uint64(props,
3399 3399 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION), &version) != 0) {
3400 3400 version = SPA_VERSION;
3401 3401 }
3402 3402 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version));
3403 3403
3404 3404 spa->spa_first_txg = txg;
3405 3405 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg = txg - 1;
3406 3406 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
3407 3407 spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
3408 3408
3409 3409 /*
3410 3410 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
3411 3411 */
3412 3412 spa->spa_async_zio_root = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
3413 3413 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE | ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER);
3414 3414
3415 3415 /*
3416 3416 * Create the root vdev.
3417 3417 */
3418 3418 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3419 3419
3420 3420 error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvroot, NULL, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD);
3421 3421
3422 3422 ASSERT(error != 0 || rvd != NULL);
3423 3423 ASSERT(error != 0 || spa->spa_root_vdev == rvd);
3424 3424
3425 3425 if (error == 0 && !zfs_allocatable_devs(nvroot))
3426 3426 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
3427 3427
3428 3428 if (error == 0 &&
3429 3429 (error = vdev_create(rvd, txg, B_FALSE)) == 0 &&
3430 3430 (error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, txg,
3431 3431 VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) == 0) {
3432 3432 for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
3433 3433 vdev_metaslab_set_size(rvd->vdev_child[c]);
3434 3434 vdev_expand(rvd->vdev_child[c], txg);
3435 3435 }
3436 3436 }
3437 3437
3438 3438 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3439 3439
3440 3440 if (error != 0) {
3441 3441 spa_unload(spa);
3442 3442 spa_deactivate(spa);
3443 3443 spa_remove(spa);
3444 3444 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3445 3445 return (error);
3446 3446 }
3447 3447
3448 3448 /*
3449 3449 * Get the list of spares, if specified.
3450 3450 */
3451 3451 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
3452 3452 &spares, &nspares) == 0) {
3453 3453 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_spares.sav_config, NV_UNIQUE_NAME,
3454 3454 KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3455 3455 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
3456 3456 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
3457 3457 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3458 3458 spa_load_spares(spa);
3459 3459 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3460 3460 spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
3461 3461 }
3462 3462
3463 3463 /*
3464 3464 * Get the list of level 2 cache devices, if specified.
3465 3465 */
3466 3466 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
3467 3467 &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0) {
3468 3468 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
3469 3469 NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3470 3470 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
3471 3471 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
3472 3472 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3473 3473 spa_load_l2cache(spa);
3474 3474 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3475 3475 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
3476 3476 }
3477 3477
3478 3478 spa->spa_is_initializing = B_TRUE;
3479 3479 spa->spa_dsl_pool = dp = dsl_pool_create(spa, zplprops, txg);
3480 3480 spa->spa_meta_objset = dp->dp_meta_objset;
3481 3481 spa->spa_is_initializing = B_FALSE;
3482 3482
3483 3483 /*
3484 3484 * Create DDTs (dedup tables).
3485 3485 */
3486 3486 ddt_create(spa);
3487 3487
3488 3488 spa_update_dspace(spa);
3489 3489
3490 3490 tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, txg);
3491 3491
3492 3492 /*
3493 3493 * Create the pool config object.
3494 3494 */
3495 3495 spa->spa_config_object = dmu_object_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset,
3496 3496 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE,
3497 3497 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE, sizeof (uint64_t), tx);
3498 3498
3499 3499 if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
3500 3500 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CONFIG,
3501 3501 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_config_object, tx) != 0) {
3502 3502 cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add pool config");
3503 3503 }
3504 3504
3505 3505 if (spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES)
3506 3506 spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa, tx);
3507 3507
3508 3508 if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
3509 3509 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION,
3510 3510 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &version, tx) != 0) {
3511 3511 cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add pool version");
3512 3512 }
3513 3513
3514 3514 /* Newly created pools with the right version are always deflated. */
3515 3515 if (version >= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE) {
3516 3516 spa->spa_deflate = TRUE;
3517 3517 if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
3518 3518 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE,
3519 3519 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_deflate, tx) != 0) {
3520 3520 cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add deflate");
3521 3521 }
3522 3522 }
3523 3523
3524 3524 /*
3525 3525 * Create the deferred-free bpobj. Turn off compression
3526 3526 * because sync-to-convergence takes longer if the blocksize
3527 3527 * keeps changing.
3528 3528 */
3529 3529 obj = bpobj_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset, 1 << 14, tx);
3530 3530 dmu_object_set_compress(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj,
3531 3531 ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF, tx);
3532 3532 if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
3533 3533 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ,
3534 3534 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &obj, tx) != 0) {
3535 3535 cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add bpobj");
3536 3536 }
3537 3537 VERIFY3U(0, ==, bpobj_open(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj,
3538 3538 spa->spa_meta_objset, obj));
3539 3539
3540 3540 /*
3541 3541 * Create the pool's history object.
3542 3542 */
3543 3543 if (version >= SPA_VERSION_ZPOOL_HISTORY)
3544 3544 spa_history_create_obj(spa, tx);
3545 3545
3546 3546 /*
3547 3547 * Set pool properties.
3548 3548 */
3549 3549 spa->spa_bootfs = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS);
3550 3550 spa->spa_delegation = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION);
3551 3551 spa->spa_failmode = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE);
3552 3552 spa->spa_autoexpand = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND);
3553 3553
3554 3554 if (props != NULL) {
3555 3555 spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
3556 3556 spa_sync_props(props, tx);
3557 3557 }
3558 3558
3559 3559 dmu_tx_commit(tx);
3560 3560
3561 3561 spa->spa_sync_on = B_TRUE;
3562 3562 txg_sync_start(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
3563 3563
3564 3564 /*
3565 3565 * We explicitly wait for the first transaction to complete so that our
3566 3566 * bean counters are appropriately updated.
3567 3567 */
3568 3568 txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, txg);
3569 3569
3570 3570 spa_config_sync(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
3571 3571
3572 3572 spa_history_log_version(spa, "create");
3573 3573
3574 3574 spa->spa_minref = refcount_count(&spa->spa_refcount);
3575 3575
3576 3576 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3577 3577
3578 3578 return (0);
3579 3579 }
3580 3580
3581 3581 #ifdef _KERNEL
3582 3582 /*
3583 3583 * Get the root pool information from the root disk, then import the root pool
3584 3584 * during the system boot up time.
3585 3585 */
3586 3586 extern int vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(char *, char *, nvlist_t **);
3587 3587
3588 3588 static nvlist_t *
3589 3589 spa_generate_rootconf(char *devpath, char *devid, uint64_t *guid)
3590 3590 {
3591 3591 nvlist_t *config;
3592 3592 nvlist_t *nvtop, *nvroot;
3593 3593 uint64_t pgid;
3594 3594
3595 3595 if (vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(devpath, devid, &config) != 0)
3596 3596 return (NULL);
3597 3597
3598 3598 /*
3599 3599 * Add this top-level vdev to the child array.
3600 3600 */
3601 3601 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
3602 3602 &nvtop) == 0);
3603 3603 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID,
3604 3604 &pgid) == 0);
3605 3605 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, guid) == 0);
3606 3606
3607 3607 /*
3608 3608 * Put this pool's top-level vdevs into a root vdev.
3609 3609 */
3610 3610 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3611 3611 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
3612 3612 VDEV_TYPE_ROOT) == 0);
3613 3613 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID, 0ULL) == 0);
3614 3614 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, pgid) == 0);
3615 3615 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN,
3616 3616 &nvtop, 1) == 0);
3617 3617
3618 3618 /*
3619 3619 * Replace the existing vdev_tree with the new root vdev in
3620 3620 * this pool's configuration (remove the old, add the new).
3621 3621 */
3622 3622 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, nvroot) == 0);
3623 3623 nvlist_free(nvroot);
3624 3624 return (config);
3625 3625 }
3626 3626
3627 3627 /*
3628 3628 * Walk the vdev tree and see if we can find a device with "better"
3629 3629 * configuration. A configuration is "better" if the label on that
3630 3630 * device has a more recent txg.
3631 3631 */
3632 3632 static void
3633 3633 spa_alt_rootvdev(vdev_t *vd, vdev_t **avd, uint64_t *txg)
3634 3634 {
3635 3635 for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
3636 3636 spa_alt_rootvdev(vd->vdev_child[c], avd, txg);
3637 3637
3638 3638 if (vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
3639 3639 nvlist_t *label;
3640 3640 uint64_t label_txg;
3641 3641
3642 3642 if (vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(vd->vdev_physpath, vd->vdev_devid,
3643 3643 &label) != 0)
3644 3644 return;
3645 3645
3646 3646 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
3647 3647 &label_txg) == 0);
3648 3648
3649 3649 /*
3650 3650 * Do we have a better boot device?
3651 3651 */
3652 3652 if (label_txg > *txg) {
3653 3653 *txg = label_txg;
3654 3654 *avd = vd;
3655 3655 }
3656 3656 nvlist_free(label);
3657 3657 }
3658 3658 }
3659 3659
3660 3660 /*
3661 3661 * Import a root pool.
3662 3662 *
3663 3663 * For x86. devpath_list will consist of devid and/or physpath name of
3664 3664 * the vdev (e.g. "id1,sd@SSEAGATE..." or "/pci@1f,0/ide@d/disk@0,0:a").
3665 3665 * The GRUB "findroot" command will return the vdev we should boot.
3666 3666 *
3667 3667 * For Sparc, devpath_list consists the physpath name of the booting device
3668 3668 * no matter the rootpool is a single device pool or a mirrored pool.
3669 3669 * e.g.
3670 3670 * "/pci@1f,0/ide@d/disk@0,0:a"
3671 3671 */
3672 3672 int
3673 3673 spa_import_rootpool(char *devpath, char *devid)
3674 3674 {
3675 3675 spa_t *spa;
3676 3676 vdev_t *rvd, *bvd, *avd = NULL;
3677 3677 nvlist_t *config, *nvtop;
3678 3678 uint64_t guid, txg;
3679 3679 char *pname;
3680 3680 int error;
3681 3681
3682 3682 /*
3683 3683 * Read the label from the boot device and generate a configuration.
3684 3684 */
3685 3685 config = spa_generate_rootconf(devpath, devid, &guid);
3686 3686 #if defined(_OBP) && defined(_KERNEL)
3687 3687 if (config == NULL) {
3688 3688 if (strstr(devpath, "/iscsi/ssd") != NULL) {
3689 3689 /* iscsi boot */
3690 3690 get_iscsi_bootpath_phy(devpath);
3691 3691 config = spa_generate_rootconf(devpath, devid, &guid);
3692 3692 }
3693 3693 }
3694 3694 #endif
3695 3695 if (config == NULL) {
3696 3696 cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Cannot read the pool label from '%s'",
3697 3697 devpath);
3698 3698 return (SET_ERROR(EIO));
3699 3699 }
3700 3700
3701 3701 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME,
3702 3702 &pname) == 0);
3703 3703 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG, &txg) == 0);
3704 3704
3705 3705 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
3706 3706 if ((spa = spa_lookup(pname)) != NULL) {
3707 3707 /*
3708 3708 * Remove the existing root pool from the namespace so that we
3709 3709 * can replace it with the correct config we just read in.
3710 3710 */
3711 3711 spa_remove(spa);
3712 3712 }
3713 3713
3714 3714 spa = spa_add(pname, config, NULL);
3715 3715 spa->spa_is_root = B_TRUE;
3716 3716 spa->spa_import_flags = ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM;
3717 3717
3718 3718 /*
3719 3719 * Build up a vdev tree based on the boot device's label config.
3720 3720 */
3721 3721 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
3722 3722 &nvtop) == 0);
3723 3723 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3724 3724 error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvtop, NULL, 0,
3725 3725 VDEV_ALLOC_ROOTPOOL);
3726 3726 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3727 3727 if (error) {
3728 3728 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3729 3729 nvlist_free(config);
3730 3730 cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not parse the config for pool '%s'",
3731 3731 pname);
3732 3732 return (error);
3733 3733 }
3734 3734
3735 3735 /*
3736 3736 * Get the boot vdev.
3737 3737 */
3738 3738 if ((bvd = vdev_lookup_by_guid(rvd, guid)) == NULL) {
3739 3739 cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not find the boot vdev for guid %llu",
3740 3740 (u_longlong_t)guid);
3741 3741 error = SET_ERROR(ENOENT);
3742 3742 goto out;
3743 3743 }
3744 3744
3745 3745 /*
3746 3746 * Determine if there is a better boot device.
3747 3747 */
3748 3748 avd = bvd;
3749 3749 spa_alt_rootvdev(rvd, &avd, &txg);
3750 3750 if (avd != bvd) {
3751 3751 cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "The boot device is 'degraded'. Please "
3752 3752 "try booting from '%s'", avd->vdev_path);
3753 3753 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
3754 3754 goto out;
3755 3755 }
3756 3756
3757 3757 /*
3758 3758 * If the boot device is part of a spare vdev then ensure that
3759 3759 * we're booting off the active spare.
3760 3760 */
3761 3761 if (bvd->vdev_parent->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
3762 3762 !bvd->vdev_isspare) {
3763 3763 cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "The boot device is currently spared. Please "
3764 3764 "try booting from '%s'",
3765 3765 bvd->vdev_parent->
3766 3766 vdev_child[bvd->vdev_parent->vdev_children - 1]->vdev_path);
3767 3767 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
3768 3768 goto out;
3769 3769 }
3770 3770
3771 3771 error = 0;
3772 3772 out:
3773 3773 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3774 3774 vdev_free(rvd);
3775 3775 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3776 3776 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3777 3777
3778 3778 nvlist_free(config);
3779 3779 return (error);
3780 3780 }
3781 3781
3782 3782 #endif
3783 3783
3784 3784 /*
3785 3785 * Import a non-root pool into the system.
3786 3786 */
3787 3787 int
3788 3788 spa_import(const char *pool, nvlist_t *config, nvlist_t *props, uint64_t flags)
3789 3789 {
3790 3790 spa_t *spa;
3791 3791 char *altroot = NULL;
3792 3792 spa_load_state_t state = SPA_LOAD_IMPORT;
3793 3793 zpool_rewind_policy_t policy;
3794 3794 uint64_t mode = spa_mode_global;
3795 3795 uint64_t readonly = B_FALSE;
3796 3796 int error;
3797 3797 nvlist_t *nvroot;
3798 3798 nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
3799 3799 uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
3800 3800
3801 3801 /*
3802 3802 * If a pool with this name exists, return failure.
3803 3803 */
3804 3804 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
3805 3805 if (spa_lookup(pool) != NULL) {
3806 3806 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3807 3807 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST));
3808 3808 }
3809 3809
3810 3810 /*
3811 3811 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
3812 3812 */
3813 3813 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
3814 3814 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
3815 3815 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(props,
3816 3816 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY), &readonly);
3817 3817 if (readonly)
3818 3818 mode = FREAD;
3819 3819 spa = spa_add(pool, config, altroot);
3820 3820 spa->spa_import_flags = flags;
3821 3821
3822 3822 /*
3823 3823 * Verbatim import - Take a pool and insert it into the namespace
3824 3824 * as if it had been loaded at boot.
3825 3825 */
3826 3826 if (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM) {
3827 3827 if (props != NULL)
3828 3828 spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
3829 3829
3830 3830 spa_config_sync(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
3831 3831
3832 3832 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3833 3833 spa_history_log_version(spa, "import");
3834 3834
3835 3835 return (0);
3836 3836 }
3837 3837
3838 3838 spa_activate(spa, mode);
3839 3839
3840 3840 /*
3841 3841 * Don't start async tasks until we know everything is healthy.
3842 3842 */
3843 3843 spa_async_suspend(spa);
3844 3844
3845 3845 zpool_get_rewind_policy(config, &policy);
3846 3846 if (policy.zrp_request & ZPOOL_DO_REWIND)
3847 3847 state = SPA_LOAD_RECOVER;
3848 3848
3849 3849 /*
3850 3850 * Pass off the heavy lifting to spa_load(). Pass TRUE for mosconfig
3851 3851 * because the user-supplied config is actually the one to trust when
3852 3852 * doing an import.
3853 3853 */
3854 3854 if (state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER)
3855 3855 spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
3856 3856
3857 3857 error = spa_load_best(spa, state, B_TRUE, policy.zrp_txg,
3858 3858 policy.zrp_request);
3859 3859
3860 3860 /*
3861 3861 * Propagate anything learned while loading the pool and pass it
3862 3862 * back to caller (i.e. rewind info, missing devices, etc).
3863 3863 */
3864 3864 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
3865 3865 spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
3866 3866
3867 3867 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3868 3868 /*
3869 3869 * Toss any existing sparelist, as it doesn't have any validity
3870 3870 * anymore, and conflicts with spa_has_spare().
3871 3871 */
3872 3872 if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config) {
3873 3873 nvlist_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_config);
3874 3874 spa->spa_spares.sav_config = NULL;
3875 3875 spa_load_spares(spa);
3876 3876 }
3877 3877 if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) {
3878 3878 nvlist_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config);
3879 3879 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config = NULL;
3880 3880 spa_load_l2cache(spa);
3881 3881 }
3882 3882
3883 3883 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
3884 3884 &nvroot) == 0);
3885 3885 if (error == 0)
3886 3886 error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, -1ULL,
3887 3887 VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE);
3888 3888 if (error == 0)
3889 3889 error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, -1ULL,
3890 3890 VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE);
3891 3891 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3892 3892
3893 3893 if (props != NULL)
3894 3894 spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
3895 3895
3896 3896 if (error != 0 || (props && spa_writeable(spa) &&
3897 3897 (error = spa_prop_set(spa, props)))) {
3898 3898 spa_unload(spa);
3899 3899 spa_deactivate(spa);
3900 3900 spa_remove(spa);
3901 3901 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3902 3902 return (error);
3903 3903 }
3904 3904
3905 3905 spa_async_resume(spa);
3906 3906
3907 3907 /*
3908 3908 * Override any spares and level 2 cache devices as specified by
3909 3909 * the user, as these may have correct device names/devids, etc.
3910 3910 */
3911 3911 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
3912 3912 &spares, &nspares) == 0) {
3913 3913 if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config)
3914 3914 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
3915 3915 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
3916 3916 else
3917 3917 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
3918 3918 NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3919 3919 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
3920 3920 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
3921 3921 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3922 3922 spa_load_spares(spa);
3923 3923 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3924 3924 spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
3925 3925 }
3926 3926 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
3927 3927 &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0) {
3928 3928 if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config)
3929 3929 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
3930 3930 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
3931 3931 else
3932 3932 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
3933 3933 NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3934 3934 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
3935 3935 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
3936 3936 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3937 3937 spa_load_l2cache(spa);
3938 3938 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3939 3939 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
3940 3940 }
3941 3941
3942 3942 /*
3943 3943 * Check for any removed devices.
3944 3944 */
3945 3945 if (spa->spa_autoreplace) {
3946 3946 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_spares);
3947 3947 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_l2cache);
3948 3948 }
3949 3949
3950 3950 if (spa_writeable(spa)) {
3951 3951 /*
3952 3952 * Update the config cache to include the newly-imported pool.
3953 3953 */
3954 3954 spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
3955 3955 }
3956 3956
3957 3957 /*
3958 3958 * It's possible that the pool was expanded while it was exported.
3959 3959 * We kick off an async task to handle this for us.
3960 3960 */
3961 3961 spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND);
3962 3962
3963 3963 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3964 3964 spa_history_log_version(spa, "import");
3965 3965
3966 3966 return (0);
3967 3967 }
3968 3968
3969 3969 nvlist_t *
3970 3970 spa_tryimport(nvlist_t *tryconfig)
3971 3971 {
3972 3972 nvlist_t *config = NULL;
3973 3973 char *poolname;
3974 3974 spa_t *spa;
3975 3975 uint64_t state;
3976 3976 int error;
3977 3977
3978 3978 if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, &poolname))
3979 3979 return (NULL);
3980 3980
3981 3981 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE, &state))
3982 3982 return (NULL);
3983 3983
3984 3984 /*
3985 3985 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
3986 3986 */
3987 3987 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
3988 3988 spa = spa_add(TRYIMPORT_NAME, tryconfig, NULL);
3989 3989 spa_activate(spa, FREAD);
3990 3990
3991 3991 /*
3992 3992 * Pass off the heavy lifting to spa_load().
3993 3993 * Pass TRUE for mosconfig because the user-supplied config
3994 3994 * is actually the one to trust when doing an import.
3995 3995 */
3996 3996 error = spa_load(spa, SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING, B_TRUE);
3997 3997
3998 3998 /*
3999 3999 * If 'tryconfig' was at least parsable, return the current config.
4000 4000 */
4001 4001 if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
4002 4002 config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
4003 4003 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME,
4004 4004 poolname) == 0);
4005 4005 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE,
4006 4006 state) == 0);
4007 4007 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP,
4008 4008 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp) == 0);
4009 4009 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
4010 4010 spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
4011 4011
4012 4012 /*
4013 4013 * If the bootfs property exists on this pool then we
4014 4014 * copy it out so that external consumers can tell which
4015 4015 * pools are bootable.
4016 4016 */
4017 4017 if ((!error || error == EEXIST) && spa->spa_bootfs) {
4018 4018 char *tmpname = kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
4019 4019
4020 4020 /*
4021 4021 * We have to play games with the name since the
4022 4022 * pool was opened as TRYIMPORT_NAME.
4023 4023 */
4024 4024 if (dsl_dsobj_to_dsname(spa_name(spa),
4025 4025 spa->spa_bootfs, tmpname) == 0) {
4026 4026 char *cp;
4027 4027 char *dsname = kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
4028 4028
4029 4029 cp = strchr(tmpname, '/');
4030 4030 if (cp == NULL) {
4031 4031 (void) strlcpy(dsname, tmpname,
4032 4032 MAXPATHLEN);
4033 4033 } else {
4034 4034 (void) snprintf(dsname, MAXPATHLEN,
4035 4035 "%s/%s", poolname, ++cp);
4036 4036 }
4037 4037 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config,
4038 4038 ZPOOL_CONFIG_BOOTFS, dsname) == 0);
4039 4039 kmem_free(dsname, MAXPATHLEN);
4040 4040 }
4041 4041 kmem_free(tmpname, MAXPATHLEN);
4042 4042 }
4043 4043
4044 4044 /*
4045 4045 * Add the list of hot spares and level 2 cache devices.
4046 4046 */
4047 4047 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
4048 4048 spa_add_spares(spa, config);
4049 4049 spa_add_l2cache(spa, config);
4050 4050 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
4051 4051 }
4052 4052
4053 4053 spa_unload(spa);
4054 4054 spa_deactivate(spa);
4055 4055 spa_remove(spa);
4056 4056 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4057 4057
4058 4058 return (config);
4059 4059 }
4060 4060
4061 4061 /*
4062 4062 * Pool export/destroy
4063 4063 *
4064 4064 * The act of destroying or exporting a pool is very simple. We make sure there
4065 4065 * is no more pending I/O and any references to the pool are gone. Then, we
4066 4066 * update the pool state and sync all the labels to disk, removing the
4067 4067 * configuration from the cache afterwards. If the 'hardforce' flag is set, then
4068 4068 * we don't sync the labels or remove the configuration cache.
4069 4069 */
4070 4070 static int
4071 4071 spa_export_common(char *pool, int new_state, nvlist_t **oldconfig,
4072 4072 boolean_t force, boolean_t hardforce)
4073 4073 {
4074 4074 spa_t *spa;
4075 4075
4076 4076 if (oldconfig)
4077 4077 *oldconfig = NULL;
4078 4078
4079 4079 if (!(spa_mode_global & FWRITE))
4080 4080 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS));
4081 4081
4082 4082 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4083 4083 if ((spa = spa_lookup(pool)) == NULL) {
4084 4084 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4085 4085 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
4086 4086 }
4087 4087
4088 4088 /*
4089 4089 * Put a hold on the pool, drop the namespace lock, stop async tasks,
4090 4090 * reacquire the namespace lock, and see if we can export.
4091 4091 */
4092 4092 spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
4093 4093 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4094 4094 spa_async_suspend(spa);
4095 4095 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4096 4096 spa_close(spa, FTAG);
4097 4097
4098 4098 /*
4099 4099 * The pool will be in core if it's openable,
4100 4100 * in which case we can modify its state.
4101 4101 */
4102 4102 if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED && spa->spa_sync_on) {
4103 4103 /*
4104 4104 * Objsets may be open only because they're dirty, so we
4105 4105 * have to force it to sync before checking spa_refcnt.
4106 4106 */
4107 4107 txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
4108 4108
4109 4109 /*
4110 4110 * A pool cannot be exported or destroyed if there are active
4111 4111 * references. If we are resetting a pool, allow references by
4112 4112 * fault injection handlers.
4113 4113 */
4114 4114 if (!spa_refcount_zero(spa) ||
4115 4115 (spa->spa_inject_ref != 0 &&
4116 4116 new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED)) {
4117 4117 spa_async_resume(spa);
4118 4118 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4119 4119 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
4120 4120 }
4121 4121
4122 4122 /*
4123 4123 * A pool cannot be exported if it has an active shared spare.
4124 4124 * This is to prevent other pools stealing the active spare
4125 4125 * from an exported pool. At user's own will, such pool can
4126 4126 * be forcedly exported.
4127 4127 */
4128 4128 if (!force && new_state == POOL_STATE_EXPORTED &&
4129 4129 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa)) {
4130 4130 spa_async_resume(spa);
4131 4131 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4132 4132 return (SET_ERROR(EXDEV));
4133 4133 }
4134 4134
4135 4135 /*
4136 4136 * We want this to be reflected on every label,
4137 4137 * so mark them all dirty. spa_unload() will do the
4138 4138 * final sync that pushes these changes out.
4139 4139 */
4140 4140 if (new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED && !hardforce) {
4141 4141 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4142 4142 spa->spa_state = new_state;
4143 4143 spa->spa_final_txg = spa_last_synced_txg(spa) +
4144 4144 TXG_DEFER_SIZE + 1;
4145 4145 vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
4146 4146 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4147 4147 }
4148 4148 }
4149 4149
4150 4150 spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_DESTROY);
4151 4151
4152 4152 if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
4153 4153 spa_unload(spa);
4154 4154 spa_deactivate(spa);
4155 4155 }
4156 4156
4157 4157 if (oldconfig && spa->spa_config)
4158 4158 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, oldconfig, 0) == 0);
4159 4159
4160 4160 if (new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
4161 4161 if (!hardforce)
4162 4162 spa_config_sync(spa, B_TRUE, B_TRUE);
4163 4163 spa_remove(spa);
4164 4164 }
4165 4165 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4166 4166
4167 4167 return (0);
4168 4168 }
4169 4169
4170 4170 /*
4171 4171 * Destroy a storage pool.
4172 4172 */
4173 4173 int
4174 4174 spa_destroy(char *pool)
4175 4175 {
4176 4176 return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_DESTROYED, NULL,
4177 4177 B_FALSE, B_FALSE));
4178 4178 }
4179 4179
4180 4180 /*
4181 4181 * Export a storage pool.
4182 4182 */
4183 4183 int
4184 4184 spa_export(char *pool, nvlist_t **oldconfig, boolean_t force,
4185 4185 boolean_t hardforce)
4186 4186 {
4187 4187 return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED, oldconfig,
4188 4188 force, hardforce));
4189 4189 }
4190 4190
4191 4191 /*
4192 4192 * Similar to spa_export(), this unloads the spa_t without actually removing it
4193 4193 * from the namespace in any way.
4194 4194 */
4195 4195 int
4196 4196 spa_reset(char *pool)
4197 4197 {
4198 4198 return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED, NULL,
4199 4199 B_FALSE, B_FALSE));
4200 4200 }
4201 4201
4202 4202 /*
4203 4203 * ==========================================================================
4204 4204 * Device manipulation
4205 4205 * ==========================================================================
4206 4206 */
4207 4207
4208 4208 /*
4209 4209 * Add a device to a storage pool.
4210 4210 */
4211 4211 int
4212 4212 spa_vdev_add(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot)
4213 4213 {
4214 4214 uint64_t txg, id;
4215 4215 int error;
4216 4216 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
4217 4217 vdev_t *vd, *tvd;
4218 4218 nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
4219 4219 uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
4220 4220
4221 4221 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
4222 4222
4223 4223 txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
4224 4224
4225 4225 if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, nvroot, NULL, 0,
4226 4226 VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) != 0)
4227 4227 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
4228 4228
4229 4229 spa->spa_pending_vdev = vd; /* spa_vdev_exit() will clear this */
4230 4230
4231 4231 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares,
4232 4232 &nspares) != 0)
4233 4233 nspares = 0;
4234 4234
4235 4235 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache,
4236 4236 &nl2cache) != 0)
4237 4237 nl2cache = 0;
4238 4238
4239 4239 if (vd->vdev_children == 0 && nspares == 0 && nl2cache == 0)
4240 4240 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, EINVAL));
4241 4241
4242 4242 if (vd->vdev_children != 0 &&
4243 4243 (error = vdev_create(vd, txg, B_FALSE)) != 0)
4244 4244 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, error));
4245 4245
4246 4246 /*
4247 4247 * We must validate the spares and l2cache devices after checking the
4248 4248 * children. Otherwise, vdev_inuse() will blindly overwrite the spare.
4249 4249 */
4250 4250 if ((error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, txg, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) != 0)
4251 4251 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, error));
4252 4252
4253 4253 /*
4254 4254 * Transfer each new top-level vdev from vd to rvd.
4255 4255 */
4256 4256 for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
4257 4257
4258 4258 /*
4259 4259 * Set the vdev id to the first hole, if one exists.
4260 4260 */
4261 4261 for (id = 0; id < rvd->vdev_children; id++) {
4262 4262 if (rvd->vdev_child[id]->vdev_ishole) {
4263 4263 vdev_free(rvd->vdev_child[id]);
4264 4264 break;
4265 4265 }
4266 4266 }
4267 4267 tvd = vd->vdev_child[c];
4268 4268 vdev_remove_child(vd, tvd);
4269 4269 tvd->vdev_id = id;
4270 4270 vdev_add_child(rvd, tvd);
4271 4271 vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
4272 4272 }
4273 4273
4274 4274 if (nspares != 0) {
4275 4275 spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa->spa_spares, spares, nspares,
4276 4276 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES);
4277 4277 spa_load_spares(spa);
4278 4278 spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
4279 4279 }
4280 4280
4281 4281 if (nl2cache != 0) {
4282 4282 spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa->spa_l2cache, l2cache, nl2cache,
4283 4283 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
4284 4284 spa_load_l2cache(spa);
4285 4285 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
4286 4286 }
4287 4287
4288 4288 /*
4289 4289 * We have to be careful when adding new vdevs to an existing pool.
4290 4290 * If other threads start allocating from these vdevs before we
4291 4291 * sync the config cache, and we lose power, then upon reboot we may
4292 4292 * fail to open the pool because there are DVAs that the config cache
4293 4293 * can't translate. Therefore, we first add the vdevs without
4294 4294 * initializing metaslabs; sync the config cache (via spa_vdev_exit());
4295 4295 * and then let spa_config_update() initialize the new metaslabs.
4296 4296 *
4297 4297 * spa_load() checks for added-but-not-initialized vdevs, so that
4298 4298 * if we lose power at any point in this sequence, the remaining
4299 4299 * steps will be completed the next time we load the pool.
4300 4300 */
4301 4301 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, 0);
4302 4302
4303 4303 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4304 4304 spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
4305 4305 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4306 4306
4307 4307 return (0);
4308 4308 }
4309 4309
4310 4310 /*
4311 4311 * Attach a device to a mirror. The arguments are the path to any device
4312 4312 * in the mirror, and the nvroot for the new device. If the path specifies
4313 4313 * a device that is not mirrored, we automatically insert the mirror vdev.
4314 4314 *
4315 4315 * If 'replacing' is specified, the new device is intended to replace the
4316 4316 * existing device; in this case the two devices are made into their own
4317 4317 * mirror using the 'replacing' vdev, which is functionally identical to
4318 4318 * the mirror vdev (it actually reuses all the same ops) but has a few
4319 4319 * extra rules: you can't attach to it after it's been created, and upon
4320 4320 * completion of resilvering, the first disk (the one being replaced)
4321 4321 * is automatically detached.
4322 4322 */
4323 4323 int
4324 4324 spa_vdev_attach(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, nvlist_t *nvroot, int replacing)
4325 4325 {
4326 4326 uint64_t txg, dtl_max_txg;
4327 4327 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
4328 4328 vdev_t *oldvd, *newvd, *newrootvd, *pvd, *tvd;
4329 4329 vdev_ops_t *pvops;
4330 4330 char *oldvdpath, *newvdpath;
4331 4331 int newvd_isspare;
4332 4332 int error;
4333 4333
4334 4334 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
4335 4335
4336 4336 txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
4337 4337
4338 4338 oldvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
4339 4339
4340 4340 if (oldvd == NULL)
4341 4341 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENODEV));
4342 4342
4343 4343 if (!oldvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
4344 4344 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
4345 4345
4346 4346 pvd = oldvd->vdev_parent;
4347 4347
4348 4348 if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &newrootvd, nvroot, NULL, 0,
4349 4349 VDEV_ALLOC_ATTACH)) != 0)
4350 4350 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
4351 4351
4352 4352 if (newrootvd->vdev_children != 1)
4353 4353 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EINVAL));
4354 4354
4355 4355 newvd = newrootvd->vdev_child[0];
4356 4356
4357 4357 if (!newvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
4358 4358 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EINVAL));
4359 4359
4360 4360 if ((error = vdev_create(newrootvd, txg, replacing)) != 0)
4361 4361 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, error));
4362 4362
4363 4363 /*
4364 4364 * Spares can't replace logs
4365 4365 */
4366 4366 if (oldvd->vdev_top->vdev_islog && newvd->vdev_isspare)
4367 4367 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
4368 4368
4369 4369 if (!replacing) {
4370 4370 /*
4371 4371 * For attach, the only allowable parent is a mirror or the root
4372 4372 * vdev.
4373 4373 */
4374 4374 if (pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops &&
4375 4375 pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_root_ops)
4376 4376 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
4377 4377
4378 4378 pvops = &vdev_mirror_ops;
4379 4379 } else {
4380 4380 /*
4381 4381 * Active hot spares can only be replaced by inactive hot
4382 4382 * spares.
4383 4383 */
4384 4384 if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
4385 4385 oldvd->vdev_isspare &&
4386 4386 !spa_has_spare(spa, newvd->vdev_guid))
4387 4387 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
4388 4388
4389 4389 /*
4390 4390 * If the source is a hot spare, and the parent isn't already a
4391 4391 * spare, then we want to create a new hot spare. Otherwise, we
4392 4392 * want to create a replacing vdev. The user is not allowed to
4393 4393 * attach to a spared vdev child unless the 'isspare' state is
4394 4394 * the same (spare replaces spare, non-spare replaces
4395 4395 * non-spare).
4396 4396 */
4397 4397 if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops &&
4398 4398 spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_MULTI_REPLACE) {
4399 4399 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
4400 4400 } else if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
4401 4401 newvd->vdev_isspare != oldvd->vdev_isspare) {
4402 4402 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
4403 4403 }
4404 4404
4405 4405 if (newvd->vdev_isspare)
4406 4406 pvops = &vdev_spare_ops;
4407 4407 else
4408 4408 pvops = &vdev_replacing_ops;
4409 4409 }
4410 4410
4411 4411 /*
4412 4412 * Make sure the new device is big enough.
4413 4413 */
4414 4414 if (newvd->vdev_asize < vdev_get_min_asize(oldvd))
4415 4415 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EOVERFLOW));
4416 4416
4417 4417 /*
4418 4418 * The new device cannot have a higher alignment requirement
4419 4419 * than the top-level vdev.
4420 4420 */
4421 4421 if (newvd->vdev_ashift > oldvd->vdev_top->vdev_ashift)
4422 4422 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EDOM));
4423 4423
4424 4424 /*
4425 4425 * If this is an in-place replacement, update oldvd's path and devid
4426 4426 * to make it distinguishable from newvd, and unopenable from now on.
4427 4427 */
4428 4428 if (strcmp(oldvd->vdev_path, newvd->vdev_path) == 0) {
4429 4429 spa_strfree(oldvd->vdev_path);
4430 4430 oldvd->vdev_path = kmem_alloc(strlen(newvd->vdev_path) + 5,
4431 4431 KM_SLEEP);
4432 4432 (void) sprintf(oldvd->vdev_path, "%s/%s",
4433 4433 newvd->vdev_path, "old");
4434 4434 if (oldvd->vdev_devid != NULL) {
4435 4435 spa_strfree(oldvd->vdev_devid);
4436 4436 oldvd->vdev_devid = NULL;
4437 4437 }
4438 4438 }
4439 4439
4440 4440 /* mark the device being resilvered */
4441 4441 newvd->vdev_resilvering = B_TRUE;
4442 4442
4443 4443 /*
4444 4444 * If the parent is not a mirror, or if we're replacing, insert the new
4445 4445 * mirror/replacing/spare vdev above oldvd.
4446 4446 */
4447 4447 if (pvd->vdev_ops != pvops)
4448 4448 pvd = vdev_add_parent(oldvd, pvops);
4449 4449
4450 4450 ASSERT(pvd->vdev_top->vdev_parent == rvd);
4451 4451 ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops == pvops);
4452 4452 ASSERT(oldvd->vdev_parent == pvd);
4453 4453
4454 4454 /*
4455 4455 * Extract the new device from its root and add it to pvd.
4456 4456 */
4457 4457 vdev_remove_child(newrootvd, newvd);
4458 4458 newvd->vdev_id = pvd->vdev_children;
4459 4459 newvd->vdev_crtxg = oldvd->vdev_crtxg;
4460 4460 vdev_add_child(pvd, newvd);
4461 4461
4462 4462 tvd = newvd->vdev_top;
4463 4463 ASSERT(pvd->vdev_top == tvd);
4464 4464 ASSERT(tvd->vdev_parent == rvd);
4465 4465
4466 4466 vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
4467 4467
4468 4468 /*
4469 4469 * Set newvd's DTL to [TXG_INITIAL, dtl_max_txg) so that we account
4470 4470 * for any dmu_sync-ed blocks. It will propagate upward when
4471 4471 * spa_vdev_exit() calls vdev_dtl_reassess().
4472 4472 */
4473 4473 dtl_max_txg = txg + TXG_CONCURRENT_STATES;
4474 4474
4475 4475 vdev_dtl_dirty(newvd, DTL_MISSING, TXG_INITIAL,
4476 4476 dtl_max_txg - TXG_INITIAL);
4477 4477
4478 4478 if (newvd->vdev_isspare) {
4479 4479 spa_spare_activate(newvd);
4480 4480 spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_SPARE);
4481 4481 }
4482 4482
4483 4483 oldvdpath = spa_strdup(oldvd->vdev_path);
4484 4484 newvdpath = spa_strdup(newvd->vdev_path);
4485 4485 newvd_isspare = newvd->vdev_isspare;
4486 4486
4487 4487 /*
4488 4488 * Mark newvd's DTL dirty in this txg.
4489 4489 */
4490 4490 vdev_dirty(tvd, VDD_DTL, newvd, txg);
4491 4491
4492 4492 /*
4493 4493 * Restart the resilver
4494 4494 */
4495 4495 dsl_resilver_restart(spa->spa_dsl_pool, dtl_max_txg);
4496 4496
4497 4497 /*
4498 4498 * Commit the config
4499 4499 */
4500 4500 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, dtl_max_txg, 0);
4501 4501
4502 4502 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "vdev attach", NULL,
4503 4503 "%s vdev=%s %s vdev=%s",
4504 4504 replacing && newvd_isspare ? "spare in" :
4505 4505 replacing ? "replace" : "attach", newvdpath,
4506 4506 replacing ? "for" : "to", oldvdpath);
4507 4507
4508 4508 spa_strfree(oldvdpath);
↓ open down ↓ |
4508 lines elided |
↑ open up ↑ |
4509 4509 spa_strfree(newvdpath);
4510 4510
4511 4511 if (spa->spa_bootfs)
4512 4512 spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, ESC_ZFS_BOOTFS_VDEV_ATTACH);
4513 4513
4514 4514 return (0);
4515 4515 }
4516 4516
4517 4517 /*
4518 4518 * Detach a device from a mirror or replacing vdev.
4519 + *
4519 4520 * If 'replace_done' is specified, only detach if the parent
4520 4521 * is a replacing vdev.
4521 4522 */
4522 4523 int
4523 4524 spa_vdev_detach(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, uint64_t pguid, int replace_done)
4524 4525 {
4525 4526 uint64_t txg;
4526 4527 int error;
4527 4528 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
4528 4529 vdev_t *vd, *pvd, *cvd, *tvd;
4529 4530 boolean_t unspare = B_FALSE;
4530 4531 uint64_t unspare_guid = 0;
4531 4532 char *vdpath;
4532 4533
4533 4534 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
4534 4535
4535 4536 txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
4536 4537
4537 4538 vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
4538 4539
4539 4540 if (vd == NULL)
4540 4541 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENODEV));
4541 4542
4542 4543 if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
4543 4544 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
4544 4545
4545 4546 pvd = vd->vdev_parent;
4546 4547
4547 4548 /*
4548 4549 * If the parent/child relationship is not as expected, don't do it.
4549 4550 * Consider M(A,R(B,C)) -- that is, a mirror of A with a replacing
4550 4551 * vdev that's replacing B with C. The user's intent in replacing
4551 4552 * is to go from M(A,B) to M(A,C). If the user decides to cancel
4552 4553 * the replace by detaching C, the expected behavior is to end up
4553 4554 * M(A,B). But suppose that right after deciding to detach C,
4554 4555 * the replacement of B completes. We would have M(A,C), and then
4555 4556 * ask to detach C, which would leave us with just A -- not what
4556 4557 * the user wanted. To prevent this, we make sure that the
4557 4558 * parent/child relationship hasn't changed -- in this example,
4558 4559 * that C's parent is still the replacing vdev R.
4559 4560 */
4560 4561 if (pvd->vdev_guid != pguid && pguid != 0)
4561 4562 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY));
4562 4563
4563 4564 /*
4564 4565 * Only 'replacing' or 'spare' vdevs can be replaced.
4565 4566 */
4566 4567 if (replace_done && pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_replacing_ops &&
4567 4568 pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops)
4568 4569 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
4569 4570
4570 4571 ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops ||
4571 4572 spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES);
4572 4573
4573 4574 /*
4574 4575 * Only mirror, replacing, and spare vdevs support detach.
4575 4576 */
4576 4577 if (pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_replacing_ops &&
4577 4578 pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops &&
4578 4579 pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops)
4579 4580 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
4580 4581
4581 4582 /*
4582 4583 * If this device has the only valid copy of some data,
4583 4584 * we cannot safely detach it.
4584 4585 */
4585 4586 if (vdev_dtl_required(vd))
4586 4587 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY));
4587 4588
4588 4589 ASSERT(pvd->vdev_children >= 2);
4589 4590
4590 4591 /*
4591 4592 * If we are detaching the second disk from a replacing vdev, then
4592 4593 * check to see if we changed the original vdev's path to have "/old"
4593 4594 * at the end in spa_vdev_attach(). If so, undo that change now.
4594 4595 */
4595 4596 if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops && vd->vdev_id > 0 &&
4596 4597 vd->vdev_path != NULL) {
4597 4598 size_t len = strlen(vd->vdev_path);
4598 4599
4599 4600 for (int c = 0; c < pvd->vdev_children; c++) {
4600 4601 cvd = pvd->vdev_child[c];
4601 4602
4602 4603 if (cvd == vd || cvd->vdev_path == NULL)
4603 4604 continue;
4604 4605
4605 4606 if (strncmp(cvd->vdev_path, vd->vdev_path, len) == 0 &&
4606 4607 strcmp(cvd->vdev_path + len, "/old") == 0) {
4607 4608 spa_strfree(cvd->vdev_path);
4608 4609 cvd->vdev_path = spa_strdup(vd->vdev_path);
4609 4610 break;
4610 4611 }
4611 4612 }
4612 4613 }
4613 4614
4614 4615 /*
4615 4616 * If we are detaching the original disk from a spare, then it implies
4616 4617 * that the spare should become a real disk, and be removed from the
4617 4618 * active spare list for the pool.
4618 4619 */
4619 4620 if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
4620 4621 vd->vdev_id == 0 &&
4621 4622 pvd->vdev_child[pvd->vdev_children - 1]->vdev_isspare)
4622 4623 unspare = B_TRUE;
4623 4624
4624 4625 /*
4625 4626 * Erase the disk labels so the disk can be used for other things.
4626 4627 * This must be done after all other error cases are handled,
4627 4628 * but before we disembowel vd (so we can still do I/O to it).
4628 4629 * But if we can't do it, don't treat the error as fatal --
4629 4630 * it may be that the unwritability of the disk is the reason
4630 4631 * it's being detached!
4631 4632 */
4632 4633 error = vdev_label_init(vd, 0, VDEV_LABEL_REMOVE);
4633 4634
4634 4635 /*
4635 4636 * Remove vd from its parent and compact the parent's children.
4636 4637 */
4637 4638 vdev_remove_child(pvd, vd);
4638 4639 vdev_compact_children(pvd);
4639 4640
4640 4641 /*
4641 4642 * Remember one of the remaining children so we can get tvd below.
4642 4643 */
4643 4644 cvd = pvd->vdev_child[pvd->vdev_children - 1];
4644 4645
4645 4646 /*
4646 4647 * If we need to remove the remaining child from the list of hot spares,
4647 4648 * do it now, marking the vdev as no longer a spare in the process.
4648 4649 * We must do this before vdev_remove_parent(), because that can
4649 4650 * change the GUID if it creates a new toplevel GUID. For a similar
4650 4651 * reason, we must remove the spare now, in the same txg as the detach;
4651 4652 * otherwise someone could attach a new sibling, change the GUID, and
4652 4653 * the subsequent attempt to spa_vdev_remove(unspare_guid) would fail.
4653 4654 */
4654 4655 if (unspare) {
4655 4656 ASSERT(cvd->vdev_isspare);
4656 4657 spa_spare_remove(cvd);
4657 4658 unspare_guid = cvd->vdev_guid;
4658 4659 (void) spa_vdev_remove(spa, unspare_guid, B_TRUE);
4659 4660 cvd->vdev_unspare = B_TRUE;
4660 4661 }
4661 4662
4662 4663 /*
4663 4664 * If the parent mirror/replacing vdev only has one child,
4664 4665 * the parent is no longer needed. Remove it from the tree.
4665 4666 */
4666 4667 if (pvd->vdev_children == 1) {
4667 4668 if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops)
4668 4669 cvd->vdev_unspare = B_FALSE;
4669 4670 vdev_remove_parent(cvd);
4670 4671 cvd->vdev_resilvering = B_FALSE;
4671 4672 }
4672 4673
4673 4674
4674 4675 /*
4675 4676 * We don't set tvd until now because the parent we just removed
4676 4677 * may have been the previous top-level vdev.
4677 4678 */
4678 4679 tvd = cvd->vdev_top;
4679 4680 ASSERT(tvd->vdev_parent == rvd);
4680 4681
4681 4682 /*
4682 4683 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
4683 4684 */
4684 4685 vdev_propagate_state(cvd);
4685 4686
4686 4687 /*
4687 4688 * If the 'autoexpand' property is set on the pool then automatically
4688 4689 * try to expand the size of the pool. For example if the device we
4689 4690 * just detached was smaller than the others, it may be possible to
4690 4691 * add metaslabs (i.e. grow the pool). We need to reopen the vdev
4691 4692 * first so that we can obtain the updated sizes of the leaf vdevs.
4692 4693 */
4693 4694 if (spa->spa_autoexpand) {
4694 4695 vdev_reopen(tvd);
4695 4696 vdev_expand(tvd, txg);
4696 4697 }
4697 4698
4698 4699 vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
4699 4700
4700 4701 /*
4701 4702 * Mark vd's DTL as dirty in this txg. vdev_dtl_sync() will see that
4702 4703 * vd->vdev_detached is set and free vd's DTL object in syncing context.
4703 4704 * But first make sure we're not on any *other* txg's DTL list, to
4704 4705 * prevent vd from being accessed after it's freed.
4705 4706 */
4706 4707 vdpath = spa_strdup(vd->vdev_path);
4707 4708 for (int t = 0; t < TXG_SIZE; t++)
4708 4709 (void) txg_list_remove_this(&tvd->vdev_dtl_list, vd, t);
4709 4710 vd->vdev_detached = B_TRUE;
4710 4711 vdev_dirty(tvd, VDD_DTL, vd, txg);
4711 4712
4712 4713 spa_event_notify(spa, vd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE);
4713 4714
4714 4715 /* hang on to the spa before we release the lock */
4715 4716 spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
4716 4717
4717 4718 error = spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, 0);
4718 4719
4719 4720 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "detach", NULL,
4720 4721 "vdev=%s", vdpath);
4721 4722 spa_strfree(vdpath);
4722 4723
4723 4724 /*
4724 4725 * If this was the removal of the original device in a hot spare vdev,
4725 4726 * then we want to go through and remove the device from the hot spare
4726 4727 * list of every other pool.
4727 4728 */
4728 4729 if (unspare) {
4729 4730 spa_t *altspa = NULL;
4730 4731
4731 4732 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4732 4733 while ((altspa = spa_next(altspa)) != NULL) {
4733 4734 if (altspa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE ||
4734 4735 altspa == spa)
4735 4736 continue;
4736 4737
4737 4738 spa_open_ref(altspa, FTAG);
4738 4739 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4739 4740 (void) spa_vdev_remove(altspa, unspare_guid, B_TRUE);
4740 4741 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4741 4742 spa_close(altspa, FTAG);
4742 4743 }
4743 4744 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4744 4745
4745 4746 /* search the rest of the vdevs for spares to remove */
4746 4747 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa);
4747 4748 }
4748 4749
4749 4750 /* all done with the spa; OK to release */
4750 4751 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4751 4752 spa_close(spa, FTAG);
4752 4753 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4753 4754
4754 4755 return (error);
4755 4756 }
4756 4757
4757 4758 /*
4758 4759 * Split a set of devices from their mirrors, and create a new pool from them.
4759 4760 */
4760 4761 int
4761 4762 spa_vdev_split_mirror(spa_t *spa, char *newname, nvlist_t *config,
4762 4763 nvlist_t *props, boolean_t exp)
4763 4764 {
4764 4765 int error = 0;
4765 4766 uint64_t txg, *glist;
4766 4767 spa_t *newspa;
4767 4768 uint_t c, children, lastlog;
4768 4769 nvlist_t **child, *nvl, *tmp;
4769 4770 dmu_tx_t *tx;
4770 4771 char *altroot = NULL;
4771 4772 vdev_t *rvd, **vml = NULL; /* vdev modify list */
4772 4773 boolean_t activate_slog;
4773 4774
4774 4775 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
4775 4776
4776 4777 txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
4777 4778
4778 4779 /* clear the log and flush everything up to now */
4779 4780 activate_slog = spa_passivate_log(spa);
4780 4781 (void) spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
4781 4782 error = spa_offline_log(spa);
4782 4783 txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
4783 4784
4784 4785 if (activate_slog)
4785 4786 spa_activate_log(spa);
4786 4787
4787 4788 if (error != 0)
4788 4789 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
4789 4790
4790 4791 /* check new spa name before going any further */
4791 4792 if (spa_lookup(newname) != NULL)
4792 4793 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EEXIST));
4793 4794
4794 4795 /*
4795 4796 * scan through all the children to ensure they're all mirrors
4796 4797 */
4797 4798 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvl) != 0 ||
4798 4799 nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, &child,
4799 4800 &children) != 0)
4800 4801 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
4801 4802
4802 4803 /* first, check to ensure we've got the right child count */
4803 4804 rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
4804 4805 lastlog = 0;
4805 4806 for (c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
4806 4807 vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
4807 4808
4808 4809 /* don't count the holes & logs as children */
4809 4810 if (vd->vdev_islog || vd->vdev_ishole) {
4810 4811 if (lastlog == 0)
4811 4812 lastlog = c;
4812 4813 continue;
4813 4814 }
4814 4815
4815 4816 lastlog = 0;
4816 4817 }
4817 4818 if (children != (lastlog != 0 ? lastlog : rvd->vdev_children))
4818 4819 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
4819 4820
4820 4821 /* next, ensure no spare or cache devices are part of the split */
4821 4822 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &tmp) == 0 ||
4822 4823 nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &tmp) == 0)
4823 4824 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
4824 4825
4825 4826 vml = kmem_zalloc(children * sizeof (vdev_t *), KM_SLEEP);
4826 4827 glist = kmem_zalloc(children * sizeof (uint64_t), KM_SLEEP);
4827 4828
4828 4829 /* then, loop over each vdev and validate it */
4829 4830 for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
4830 4831 uint64_t is_hole = 0;
4831 4832
4832 4833 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_IS_HOLE,
4833 4834 &is_hole);
4834 4835
4835 4836 if (is_hole != 0) {
4836 4837 if (spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_ishole ||
4837 4838 spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_islog) {
4838 4839 continue;
4839 4840 } else {
4840 4841 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
4841 4842 break;
4842 4843 }
4843 4844 }
4844 4845
4845 4846 /* which disk is going to be split? */
4846 4847 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
4847 4848 &glist[c]) != 0) {
4848 4849 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
4849 4850 break;
4850 4851 }
4851 4852
4852 4853 /* look it up in the spa */
4853 4854 vml[c] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, glist[c], B_FALSE);
4854 4855 if (vml[c] == NULL) {
4855 4856 error = SET_ERROR(ENODEV);
4856 4857 break;
4857 4858 }
4858 4859
4859 4860 /* make sure there's nothing stopping the split */
4860 4861 if (vml[c]->vdev_parent->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops ||
4861 4862 vml[c]->vdev_islog ||
4862 4863 vml[c]->vdev_ishole ||
4863 4864 vml[c]->vdev_isspare ||
4864 4865 vml[c]->vdev_isl2cache ||
4865 4866 !vdev_writeable(vml[c]) ||
4866 4867 vml[c]->vdev_children != 0 ||
4867 4868 vml[c]->vdev_state != VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY ||
4868 4869 c != spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_id) {
4869 4870 error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
4870 4871 break;
4871 4872 }
4872 4873
4873 4874 if (vdev_dtl_required(vml[c])) {
4874 4875 error = SET_ERROR(EBUSY);
4875 4876 break;
4876 4877 }
4877 4878
4878 4879 /* we need certain info from the top level */
4879 4880 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_ARRAY,
4880 4881 vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ms_array) == 0);
4881 4882 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_SHIFT,
4882 4883 vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ms_shift) == 0);
4883 4884 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASIZE,
4884 4885 vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_asize) == 0);
4885 4886 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASHIFT,
4886 4887 vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ashift) == 0);
4887 4888 }
4888 4889
4889 4890 if (error != 0) {
4890 4891 kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
4891 4892 kmem_free(glist, children * sizeof (uint64_t));
4892 4893 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
4893 4894 }
4894 4895
4895 4896 /* stop writers from using the disks */
4896 4897 for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
4897 4898 if (vml[c] != NULL)
4898 4899 vml[c]->vdev_offline = B_TRUE;
4899 4900 }
4900 4901 vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
4901 4902
4902 4903 /*
4903 4904 * Temporarily record the splitting vdevs in the spa config. This
4904 4905 * will disappear once the config is regenerated.
4905 4906 */
4906 4907 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvl, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4907 4908 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST,
4908 4909 glist, children) == 0);
4909 4910 kmem_free(glist, children * sizeof (uint64_t));
4910 4911
4911 4912 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
4912 4913 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT,
4913 4914 nvl) == 0);
4914 4915 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
4915 4916 spa->spa_config_splitting = nvl;
4916 4917 vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
4917 4918
4918 4919 /* configure and create the new pool */
4919 4920 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, newname) == 0);
4920 4921 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE,
4921 4922 exp ? POOL_STATE_EXPORTED : POOL_STATE_ACTIVE) == 0);
4922 4923 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
4923 4924 spa_version(spa)) == 0);
4924 4925 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
4925 4926 spa->spa_config_txg) == 0);
4926 4927 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID,
4927 4928 spa_generate_guid(NULL)) == 0);
4928 4929 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
4929 4930 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
4930 4931
4931 4932 /* add the new pool to the namespace */
4932 4933 newspa = spa_add(newname, config, altroot);
4933 4934 newspa->spa_config_txg = spa->spa_config_txg;
4934 4935 spa_set_log_state(newspa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
4935 4936
4936 4937 /* release the spa config lock, retaining the namespace lock */
4937 4938 spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
4938 4939
4939 4940 if (zio_injection_enabled)
4940 4941 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 1);
4941 4942
4942 4943 spa_activate(newspa, spa_mode_global);
4943 4944 spa_async_suspend(newspa);
4944 4945
4945 4946 /* create the new pool from the disks of the original pool */
4946 4947 error = spa_load(newspa, SPA_LOAD_IMPORT, SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE, B_TRUE);
4947 4948 if (error)
4948 4949 goto out;
4949 4950
4950 4951 /* if that worked, generate a real config for the new pool */
4951 4952 if (newspa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
4952 4953 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&newspa->spa_config_splitting,
4953 4954 NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4954 4955 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(newspa->spa_config_splitting,
4955 4956 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_GUID, spa_guid(spa)) == 0);
4956 4957 spa_config_set(newspa, spa_config_generate(newspa, NULL, -1ULL,
4957 4958 B_TRUE));
4958 4959 }
4959 4960
4960 4961 /* set the props */
4961 4962 if (props != NULL) {
4962 4963 spa_configfile_set(newspa, props, B_FALSE);
4963 4964 error = spa_prop_set(newspa, props);
4964 4965 if (error)
4965 4966 goto out;
4966 4967 }
4967 4968
4968 4969 /* flush everything */
4969 4970 txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(newspa);
4970 4971 vdev_config_dirty(newspa->spa_root_vdev);
4971 4972 (void) spa_vdev_config_exit(newspa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
4972 4973
4973 4974 if (zio_injection_enabled)
4974 4975 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 2);
4975 4976
4976 4977 spa_async_resume(newspa);
4977 4978
4978 4979 /* finally, update the original pool's config */
4979 4980 txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
4980 4981 tx = dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa)->dp_mos_dir);
4981 4982 error = dmu_tx_assign(tx, TXG_WAIT);
4982 4983 if (error != 0)
4983 4984 dmu_tx_abort(tx);
4984 4985 for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
4985 4986 if (vml[c] != NULL) {
4986 4987 vdev_split(vml[c]);
4987 4988 if (error == 0)
4988 4989 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "detach", tx,
4989 4990 "vdev=%s", vml[c]->vdev_path);
4990 4991 vdev_free(vml[c]);
4991 4992 }
4992 4993 }
4993 4994 vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
4994 4995 spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
4995 4996 nvlist_free(nvl);
4996 4997 if (error == 0)
4997 4998 dmu_tx_commit(tx);
4998 4999 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0);
4999 5000
5000 5001 if (zio_injection_enabled)
5001 5002 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 3);
5002 5003
5003 5004 /* split is complete; log a history record */
5004 5005 spa_history_log_internal(newspa, "split", NULL,
5005 5006 "from pool %s", spa_name(spa));
5006 5007
5007 5008 kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
5008 5009
5009 5010 /* if we're not going to mount the filesystems in userland, export */
5010 5011 if (exp)
5011 5012 error = spa_export_common(newname, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED, NULL,
5012 5013 B_FALSE, B_FALSE);
5013 5014
5014 5015 return (error);
5015 5016
5016 5017 out:
5017 5018 spa_unload(newspa);
5018 5019 spa_deactivate(newspa);
5019 5020 spa_remove(newspa);
5020 5021
5021 5022 txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
5022 5023
5023 5024 /* re-online all offlined disks */
5024 5025 for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
5025 5026 if (vml[c] != NULL)
5026 5027 vml[c]->vdev_offline = B_FALSE;
5027 5028 }
5028 5029 vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
5029 5030
5030 5031 nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_splitting);
5031 5032 spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
5032 5033 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error);
5033 5034
5034 5035 kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
5035 5036 return (error);
5036 5037 }
5037 5038
5038 5039 static nvlist_t *
5039 5040 spa_nvlist_lookup_by_guid(nvlist_t **nvpp, int count, uint64_t target_guid)
5040 5041 {
5041 5042 for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) {
5042 5043 uint64_t guid;
5043 5044
5044 5045 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(nvpp[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
5045 5046 &guid) == 0);
5046 5047
5047 5048 if (guid == target_guid)
5048 5049 return (nvpp[i]);
5049 5050 }
5050 5051
5051 5052 return (NULL);
5052 5053 }
5053 5054
5054 5055 static void
5055 5056 spa_vdev_remove_aux(nvlist_t *config, char *name, nvlist_t **dev, int count,
5056 5057 nvlist_t *dev_to_remove)
5057 5058 {
5058 5059 nvlist_t **newdev = NULL;
5059 5060
5060 5061 if (count > 1)
5061 5062 newdev = kmem_alloc((count - 1) * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
5062 5063
5063 5064 for (int i = 0, j = 0; i < count; i++) {
5064 5065 if (dev[i] == dev_to_remove)
5065 5066 continue;
5066 5067 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(dev[i], &newdev[j++], KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5067 5068 }
5068 5069
5069 5070 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(config, name, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
5070 5071 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(config, name, newdev, count - 1) == 0);
5071 5072
5072 5073 for (int i = 0; i < count - 1; i++)
5073 5074 nvlist_free(newdev[i]);
5074 5075
5075 5076 if (count > 1)
5076 5077 kmem_free(newdev, (count - 1) * sizeof (void *));
5077 5078 }
5078 5079
5079 5080 /*
5080 5081 * Evacuate the device.
5081 5082 */
5082 5083 static int
5083 5084 spa_vdev_remove_evacuate(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
5084 5085 {
5085 5086 uint64_t txg;
5086 5087 int error = 0;
5087 5088
5088 5089 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
5089 5090 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
5090 5091 ASSERT(vd == vd->vdev_top);
5091 5092
5092 5093 /*
5093 5094 * Evacuate the device. We don't hold the config lock as writer
5094 5095 * since we need to do I/O but we do keep the
5095 5096 * spa_namespace_lock held. Once this completes the device
5096 5097 * should no longer have any blocks allocated on it.
5097 5098 */
5098 5099 if (vd->vdev_islog) {
5099 5100 if (vd->vdev_stat.vs_alloc != 0)
5100 5101 error = spa_offline_log(spa);
5101 5102 } else {
5102 5103 error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
5103 5104 }
5104 5105
5105 5106 if (error)
5106 5107 return (error);
5107 5108
5108 5109 /*
5109 5110 * The evacuation succeeded. Remove any remaining MOS metadata
5110 5111 * associated with this vdev, and wait for these changes to sync.
5111 5112 */
5112 5113 ASSERT0(vd->vdev_stat.vs_alloc);
5113 5114 txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
5114 5115 vd->vdev_removing = B_TRUE;
5115 5116 vdev_dirty(vd, 0, NULL, txg);
5116 5117 vdev_config_dirty(vd);
5117 5118 spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
5118 5119
5119 5120 return (0);
5120 5121 }
5121 5122
5122 5123 /*
5123 5124 * Complete the removal by cleaning up the namespace.
5124 5125 */
5125 5126 static void
5126 5127 spa_vdev_remove_from_namespace(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
5127 5128 {
5128 5129 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
5129 5130 uint64_t id = vd->vdev_id;
5130 5131 boolean_t last_vdev = (id == (rvd->vdev_children - 1));
5131 5132
5132 5133 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
5133 5134 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
5134 5135 ASSERT(vd == vd->vdev_top);
5135 5136
5136 5137 /*
5137 5138 * Only remove any devices which are empty.
5138 5139 */
5139 5140 if (vd->vdev_stat.vs_alloc != 0)
5140 5141 return;
5141 5142
5142 5143 (void) vdev_label_init(vd, 0, VDEV_LABEL_REMOVE);
5143 5144
5144 5145 if (list_link_active(&vd->vdev_state_dirty_node))
5145 5146 vdev_state_clean(vd);
5146 5147 if (list_link_active(&vd->vdev_config_dirty_node))
5147 5148 vdev_config_clean(vd);
5148 5149
5149 5150 vdev_free(vd);
5150 5151
5151 5152 if (last_vdev) {
5152 5153 vdev_compact_children(rvd);
5153 5154 } else {
5154 5155 vd = vdev_alloc_common(spa, id, 0, &vdev_hole_ops);
5155 5156 vdev_add_child(rvd, vd);
5156 5157 }
5157 5158 vdev_config_dirty(rvd);
5158 5159
5159 5160 /*
5160 5161 * Reassess the health of our root vdev.
5161 5162 */
5162 5163 vdev_reopen(rvd);
↓ open down ↓ |
634 lines elided |
↑ open up ↑ |
5163 5164 }
5164 5165
5165 5166 /*
5166 5167 * Remove a device from the pool -
5167 5168 *
5168 5169 * Removing a device from the vdev namespace requires several steps
5169 5170 * and can take a significant amount of time. As a result we use
5170 5171 * the spa_vdev_config_[enter/exit] functions which allow us to
5171 5172 * grab and release the spa_config_lock while still holding the namespace
5172 5173 * lock. During each step the configuration is synced out.
5173 - */
5174 -
5175 -/*
5176 - * Remove a device from the pool. Currently, this supports removing only hot
5177 - * spares, slogs, and level 2 ARC devices.
5174 + *
5175 + * Currently, this supports removing only hot spares, slogs, and level 2 ARC
5176 + * devices.
5178 5177 */
5179 5178 int
5180 5179 spa_vdev_remove(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, boolean_t unspare)
5181 5180 {
5182 5181 vdev_t *vd;
5183 5182 metaslab_group_t *mg;
5184 5183 nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache, *nv;
5185 5184 uint64_t txg = 0;
5186 5185 uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
5187 5186 int error = 0;
5188 5187 boolean_t locked = MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock);
5189 5188
5190 5189 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
5191 5190
5192 5191 if (!locked)
5193 5192 txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
5194 5193
5195 5194 vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
5196 5195
5197 5196 if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs != NULL &&
5198 5197 nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
5199 5198 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0 &&
5200 5199 (nv = spa_nvlist_lookup_by_guid(spares, nspares, guid)) != NULL) {
5201 5200 /*
5202 5201 * Only remove the hot spare if it's not currently in use
5203 5202 * in this pool.
5204 5203 */
5205 5204 if (vd == NULL || unspare) {
5206 5205 spa_vdev_remove_aux(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
5207 5206 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares, nv);
5208 5207 spa_load_spares(spa);
5209 5208 spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
5210 5209 } else {
5211 5210 error = SET_ERROR(EBUSY);
5212 5211 }
5213 5212 } else if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs != NULL &&
5214 5213 nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
5215 5214 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0 &&
5216 5215 (nv = spa_nvlist_lookup_by_guid(l2cache, nl2cache, guid)) != NULL) {
5217 5216 /*
5218 5217 * Cache devices can always be removed.
5219 5218 */
5220 5219 spa_vdev_remove_aux(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
5221 5220 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache, nv);
5222 5221 spa_load_l2cache(spa);
5223 5222 spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
5224 5223 } else if (vd != NULL && vd->vdev_islog) {
5225 5224 ASSERT(!locked);
5226 5225 ASSERT(vd == vd->vdev_top);
5227 5226
5228 5227 /*
5229 5228 * XXX - Once we have bp-rewrite this should
5230 5229 * become the common case.
5231 5230 */
5232 5231
5233 5232 mg = vd->vdev_mg;
5234 5233
5235 5234 /*
5236 5235 * Stop allocating from this vdev.
5237 5236 */
5238 5237 metaslab_group_passivate(mg);
5239 5238
5240 5239 /*
5241 5240 * Wait for the youngest allocations and frees to sync,
5242 5241 * and then wait for the deferral of those frees to finish.
5243 5242 */
5244 5243 spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL,
5245 5244 txg + TXG_CONCURRENT_STATES + TXG_DEFER_SIZE, 0, FTAG);
5246 5245
5247 5246 /*
5248 5247 * Attempt to evacuate the vdev.
5249 5248 */
5250 5249 error = spa_vdev_remove_evacuate(spa, vd);
5251 5250
5252 5251 txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
5253 5252
5254 5253 /*
5255 5254 * If we couldn't evacuate the vdev, unwind.
5256 5255 */
5257 5256 if (error) {
5258 5257 metaslab_group_activate(mg);
5259 5258 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
5260 5259 }
5261 5260
5262 5261 /*
5263 5262 * Clean up the vdev namespace.
5264 5263 */
5265 5264 spa_vdev_remove_from_namespace(spa, vd);
5266 5265
5267 5266 } else if (vd != NULL) {
5268 5267 /*
5269 5268 * Normal vdevs cannot be removed (yet).
5270 5269 */
5271 5270 error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
5272 5271 } else {
5273 5272 /*
5274 5273 * There is no vdev of any kind with the specified guid.
5275 5274 */
5276 5275 error = SET_ERROR(ENOENT);
↓ open down ↓ |
89 lines elided |
↑ open up ↑ |
5277 5276 }
5278 5277
5279 5278 if (!locked)
5280 5279 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
5281 5280
5282 5281 return (error);
5283 5282 }
5284 5283
5285 5284 /*
5286 5285 * Find any device that's done replacing, or a vdev marked 'unspare' that's
5287 - * current spared, so we can detach it.
5286 + * currently spared, so we can detach it.
5288 5287 */
5289 5288 static vdev_t *
5290 5289 spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vdev_t *vd)
5291 5290 {
5292 5291 vdev_t *newvd, *oldvd;
5293 5292
5294 5293 for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
5295 5294 oldvd = spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vd->vdev_child[c]);
5296 5295 if (oldvd != NULL)
5297 5296 return (oldvd);
5298 5297 }
5299 5298
5300 5299 /*
5301 5300 * Check for a completed replacement. We always consider the first
5302 5301 * vdev in the list to be the oldest vdev, and the last one to be
5303 5302 * the newest (see spa_vdev_attach() for how that works). In
5304 5303 * the case where the newest vdev is faulted, we will not automatically
5305 5304 * remove it after a resilver completes. This is OK as it will require
5306 5305 * user intervention to determine which disk the admin wishes to keep.
5307 5306 */
5308 5307 if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops) {
5309 5308 ASSERT(vd->vdev_children > 1);
5310 5309
5311 5310 newvd = vd->vdev_child[vd->vdev_children - 1];
5312 5311 oldvd = vd->vdev_child[0];
5313 5312
5314 5313 if (vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_MISSING) &&
5315 5314 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
5316 5315 !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd))
5317 5316 return (oldvd);
5318 5317 }
5319 5318
5320 5319 /*
5321 5320 * Check for a completed resilver with the 'unspare' flag set.
5322 5321 */
5323 5322 if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops) {
5324 5323 vdev_t *first = vd->vdev_child[0];
5325 5324 vdev_t *last = vd->vdev_child[vd->vdev_children - 1];
5326 5325
5327 5326 if (last->vdev_unspare) {
5328 5327 oldvd = first;
5329 5328 newvd = last;
5330 5329 } else if (first->vdev_unspare) {
5331 5330 oldvd = last;
5332 5331 newvd = first;
5333 5332 } else {
5334 5333 oldvd = NULL;
5335 5334 }
5336 5335
5337 5336 if (oldvd != NULL &&
5338 5337 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_MISSING) &&
5339 5338 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
5340 5339 !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd))
5341 5340 return (oldvd);
5342 5341
5343 5342 /*
5344 5343 * If there are more than two spares attached to a disk,
5345 5344 * and those spares are not required, then we want to
5346 5345 * attempt to free them up now so that they can be used
5347 5346 * by other pools. Once we're back down to a single
5348 5347 * disk+spare, we stop removing them.
5349 5348 */
5350 5349 if (vd->vdev_children > 2) {
5351 5350 newvd = vd->vdev_child[1];
5352 5351
5353 5352 if (newvd->vdev_isspare && last->vdev_isspare &&
5354 5353 vdev_dtl_empty(last, DTL_MISSING) &&
5355 5354 vdev_dtl_empty(last, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
5356 5355 !vdev_dtl_required(newvd))
5357 5356 return (newvd);
5358 5357 }
5359 5358 }
5360 5359
5361 5360 return (NULL);
5362 5361 }
5363 5362
5364 5363 static void
5365 5364 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t *spa)
5366 5365 {
5367 5366 vdev_t *vd, *pvd, *ppvd;
5368 5367 uint64_t guid, sguid, pguid, ppguid;
5369 5368
5370 5369 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5371 5370
5372 5371 while ((vd = spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(spa->spa_root_vdev)) != NULL) {
5373 5372 pvd = vd->vdev_parent;
5374 5373 ppvd = pvd->vdev_parent;
5375 5374 guid = vd->vdev_guid;
5376 5375 pguid = pvd->vdev_guid;
5377 5376 ppguid = ppvd->vdev_guid;
5378 5377 sguid = 0;
5379 5378 /*
5380 5379 * If we have just finished replacing a hot spared device, then
5381 5380 * we need to detach the parent's first child (the original hot
5382 5381 * spare) as well.
5383 5382 */
5384 5383 if (ppvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops && pvd->vdev_id == 0 &&
5385 5384 ppvd->vdev_children == 2) {
5386 5385 ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops);
5387 5386 sguid = ppvd->vdev_child[1]->vdev_guid;
5388 5387 }
5389 5388 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5390 5389 if (spa_vdev_detach(spa, guid, pguid, B_TRUE) != 0)
5391 5390 return;
5392 5391 if (sguid && spa_vdev_detach(spa, sguid, ppguid, B_TRUE) != 0)
5393 5392 return;
5394 5393 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5395 5394 }
5396 5395
5397 5396 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5398 5397 }
5399 5398
5400 5399 /*
5401 5400 * Update the stored path or FRU for this vdev.
5402 5401 */
5403 5402 int
5404 5403 spa_vdev_set_common(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *value,
5405 5404 boolean_t ispath)
5406 5405 {
5407 5406 vdev_t *vd;
5408 5407 boolean_t sync = B_FALSE;
5409 5408
5410 5409 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
5411 5410
5412 5411 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_ALL);
5413 5412
5414 5413 if ((vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_TRUE)) == NULL)
5415 5414 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, ENOENT));
5416 5415
5417 5416 if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
5418 5417 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, ENOTSUP));
5419 5418
5420 5419 if (ispath) {
5421 5420 if (strcmp(value, vd->vdev_path) != 0) {
5422 5421 spa_strfree(vd->vdev_path);
5423 5422 vd->vdev_path = spa_strdup(value);
5424 5423 sync = B_TRUE;
5425 5424 }
5426 5425 } else {
5427 5426 if (vd->vdev_fru == NULL) {
5428 5427 vd->vdev_fru = spa_strdup(value);
5429 5428 sync = B_TRUE;
5430 5429 } else if (strcmp(value, vd->vdev_fru) != 0) {
5431 5430 spa_strfree(vd->vdev_fru);
5432 5431 vd->vdev_fru = spa_strdup(value);
5433 5432 sync = B_TRUE;
5434 5433 }
5435 5434 }
5436 5435
5437 5436 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, sync ? vd : NULL, 0));
5438 5437 }
5439 5438
5440 5439 int
5441 5440 spa_vdev_setpath(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *newpath)
5442 5441 {
5443 5442 return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa, guid, newpath, B_TRUE));
5444 5443 }
5445 5444
5446 5445 int
5447 5446 spa_vdev_setfru(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *newfru)
5448 5447 {
5449 5448 return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa, guid, newfru, B_FALSE));
5450 5449 }
5451 5450
5452 5451 /*
5453 5452 * ==========================================================================
5454 5453 * SPA Scanning
5455 5454 * ==========================================================================
5456 5455 */
5457 5456
5458 5457 int
5459 5458 spa_scan_stop(spa_t *spa)
5460 5459 {
5461 5460 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
5462 5461 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool))
5463 5462 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
5464 5463 return (dsl_scan_cancel(spa->spa_dsl_pool));
5465 5464 }
5466 5465
5467 5466 int
5468 5467 spa_scan(spa_t *spa, pool_scan_func_t func)
5469 5468 {
5470 5469 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
5471 5470
5472 5471 if (func >= POOL_SCAN_FUNCS || func == POOL_SCAN_NONE)
5473 5472 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
5474 5473
5475 5474 /*
5476 5475 * If a resilver was requested, but there is no DTL on a
5477 5476 * writeable leaf device, we have nothing to do.
5478 5477 */
5479 5478 if (func == POOL_SCAN_RESILVER &&
5480 5479 !vdev_resilver_needed(spa->spa_root_vdev, NULL, NULL)) {
5481 5480 spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE);
5482 5481 return (0);
5483 5482 }
5484 5483
5485 5484 return (dsl_scan(spa->spa_dsl_pool, func));
5486 5485 }
5487 5486
5488 5487 /*
5489 5488 * ==========================================================================
5490 5489 * SPA async task processing
5491 5490 * ==========================================================================
5492 5491 */
5493 5492
5494 5493 static void
5495 5494 spa_async_remove(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
5496 5495 {
5497 5496 if (vd->vdev_remove_wanted) {
5498 5497 vd->vdev_remove_wanted = B_FALSE;
5499 5498 vd->vdev_delayed_close = B_FALSE;
5500 5499 vdev_set_state(vd, B_FALSE, VDEV_STATE_REMOVED, VDEV_AUX_NONE);
5501 5500
5502 5501 /*
5503 5502 * We want to clear the stats, but we don't want to do a full
5504 5503 * vdev_clear() as that will cause us to throw away
5505 5504 * degraded/faulted state as well as attempt to reopen the
5506 5505 * device, all of which is a waste.
5507 5506 */
5508 5507 vd->vdev_stat.vs_read_errors = 0;
5509 5508 vd->vdev_stat.vs_write_errors = 0;
5510 5509 vd->vdev_stat.vs_checksum_errors = 0;
5511 5510
5512 5511 vdev_state_dirty(vd->vdev_top);
5513 5512 }
5514 5513
5515 5514 for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
5516 5515 spa_async_remove(spa, vd->vdev_child[c]);
5517 5516 }
5518 5517
5519 5518 static void
5520 5519 spa_async_probe(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
5521 5520 {
5522 5521 if (vd->vdev_probe_wanted) {
5523 5522 vd->vdev_probe_wanted = B_FALSE;
5524 5523 vdev_reopen(vd); /* vdev_open() does the actual probe */
5525 5524 }
5526 5525
5527 5526 for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
5528 5527 spa_async_probe(spa, vd->vdev_child[c]);
5529 5528 }
5530 5529
5531 5530 static void
5532 5531 spa_async_autoexpand(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
5533 5532 {
5534 5533 sysevent_id_t eid;
5535 5534 nvlist_t *attr;
5536 5535 char *physpath;
5537 5536
5538 5537 if (!spa->spa_autoexpand)
5539 5538 return;
5540 5539
5541 5540 for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
5542 5541 vdev_t *cvd = vd->vdev_child[c];
5543 5542 spa_async_autoexpand(spa, cvd);
5544 5543 }
5545 5544
5546 5545 if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf || vd->vdev_physpath == NULL)
5547 5546 return;
5548 5547
5549 5548 physpath = kmem_zalloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
5550 5549 (void) snprintf(physpath, MAXPATHLEN, "/devices%s", vd->vdev_physpath);
5551 5550
5552 5551 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&attr, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5553 5552 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(attr, DEV_PHYS_PATH, physpath) == 0);
5554 5553
5555 5554 (void) ddi_log_sysevent(zfs_dip, SUNW_VENDOR, EC_DEV_STATUS,
5556 5555 ESC_DEV_DLE, attr, &eid, DDI_SLEEP);
5557 5556
5558 5557 nvlist_free(attr);
5559 5558 kmem_free(physpath, MAXPATHLEN);
5560 5559 }
5561 5560
5562 5561 static void
5563 5562 spa_async_thread(spa_t *spa)
5564 5563 {
5565 5564 int tasks;
5566 5565
5567 5566 ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on);
5568 5567
5569 5568 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
5570 5569 tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks;
5571 5570 spa->spa_async_tasks = 0;
5572 5571 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
5573 5572
5574 5573 /*
5575 5574 * See if the config needs to be updated.
5576 5575 */
5577 5576 if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE) {
5578 5577 uint64_t old_space, new_space;
5579 5578
5580 5579 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5581 5580 old_space = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
5582 5581 spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
5583 5582 new_space = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
5584 5583 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5585 5584
5586 5585 /*
5587 5586 * If the pool grew as a result of the config update,
5588 5587 * then log an internal history event.
5589 5588 */
5590 5589 if (new_space != old_space) {
5591 5590 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "vdev online", NULL,
5592 5591 "pool '%s' size: %llu(+%llu)",
5593 5592 spa_name(spa), new_space, new_space - old_space);
5594 5593 }
5595 5594 }
5596 5595
5597 5596 /*
5598 5597 * See if any devices need to be marked REMOVED.
5599 5598 */
5600 5599 if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE) {
5601 5600 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_NONE);
5602 5601 spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
5603 5602 for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++)
5604 5603 spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
5605 5604 for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
5606 5605 spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]);
5607 5606 (void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, 0);
5608 5607 }
5609 5608
5610 5609 if ((tasks & SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND) && !spa_suspended(spa)) {
5611 5610 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
5612 5611 spa_async_autoexpand(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
5613 5612 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
5614 5613 }
5615 5614
5616 5615 /*
5617 5616 * See if any devices need to be probed.
5618 5617 */
5619 5618 if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_PROBE) {
5620 5619 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_NONE);
5621 5620 spa_async_probe(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
5622 5621 (void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, 0);
5623 5622 }
5624 5623
5625 5624 /*
5626 5625 * If any devices are done replacing, detach them.
5627 5626 */
5628 5627 if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE)
5629 5628 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa);
5630 5629
5631 5630 /*
5632 5631 * Kick off a resilver.
5633 5632 */
5634 5633 if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER)
5635 5634 dsl_resilver_restart(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
5636 5635
5637 5636 /*
5638 5637 * Let the world know that we're done.
5639 5638 */
5640 5639 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
5641 5640 spa->spa_async_thread = NULL;
5642 5641 cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_async_cv);
5643 5642 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
5644 5643 thread_exit();
5645 5644 }
5646 5645
5647 5646 void
5648 5647 spa_async_suspend(spa_t *spa)
5649 5648 {
5650 5649 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
5651 5650 spa->spa_async_suspended++;
5652 5651 while (spa->spa_async_thread != NULL)
5653 5652 cv_wait(&spa->spa_async_cv, &spa->spa_async_lock);
5654 5653 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
5655 5654 }
5656 5655
5657 5656 void
5658 5657 spa_async_resume(spa_t *spa)
5659 5658 {
5660 5659 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
5661 5660 ASSERT(spa->spa_async_suspended != 0);
5662 5661 spa->spa_async_suspended--;
5663 5662 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
5664 5663 }
5665 5664
5666 5665 static void
5667 5666 spa_async_dispatch(spa_t *spa)
5668 5667 {
5669 5668 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
5670 5669 if (spa->spa_async_tasks && !spa->spa_async_suspended &&
5671 5670 spa->spa_async_thread == NULL &&
5672 5671 rootdir != NULL && !vn_is_readonly(rootdir))
5673 5672 spa->spa_async_thread = thread_create(NULL, 0,
5674 5673 spa_async_thread, spa, 0, &p0, TS_RUN, maxclsyspri);
5675 5674 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
5676 5675 }
5677 5676
5678 5677 void
5679 5678 spa_async_request(spa_t *spa, int task)
5680 5679 {
5681 5680 zfs_dbgmsg("spa=%s async request task=%u", spa->spa_name, task);
5682 5681 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
5683 5682 spa->spa_async_tasks |= task;
5684 5683 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
5685 5684 }
5686 5685
5687 5686 /*
5688 5687 * ==========================================================================
5689 5688 * SPA syncing routines
5690 5689 * ==========================================================================
5691 5690 */
5692 5691
5693 5692 static int
5694 5693 bpobj_enqueue_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx)
5695 5694 {
5696 5695 bpobj_t *bpo = arg;
5697 5696 bpobj_enqueue(bpo, bp, tx);
5698 5697 return (0);
5699 5698 }
5700 5699
5701 5700 static int
5702 5701 spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx)
5703 5702 {
5704 5703 zio_t *zio = arg;
5705 5704
5706 5705 zio_nowait(zio_free_sync(zio, zio->io_spa, dmu_tx_get_txg(tx), bp,
5707 5706 zio->io_flags));
5708 5707 return (0);
5709 5708 }
5710 5709
5711 5710 static void
5712 5711 spa_sync_nvlist(spa_t *spa, uint64_t obj, nvlist_t *nv, dmu_tx_t *tx)
5713 5712 {
5714 5713 char *packed = NULL;
5715 5714 size_t bufsize;
5716 5715 size_t nvsize = 0;
5717 5716 dmu_buf_t *db;
5718 5717
5719 5718 VERIFY(nvlist_size(nv, &nvsize, NV_ENCODE_XDR) == 0);
5720 5719
5721 5720 /*
5722 5721 * Write full (SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE) blocks of configuration
5723 5722 * information. This avoids the dbuf_will_dirty() path and
5724 5723 * saves us a pre-read to get data we don't actually care about.
5725 5724 */
5726 5725 bufsize = P2ROUNDUP((uint64_t)nvsize, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE);
5727 5726 packed = kmem_alloc(bufsize, KM_SLEEP);
5728 5727
5729 5728 VERIFY(nvlist_pack(nv, &packed, &nvsize, NV_ENCODE_XDR,
5730 5729 KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5731 5730 bzero(packed + nvsize, bufsize - nvsize);
5732 5731
5733 5732 dmu_write(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, 0, bufsize, packed, tx);
5734 5733
5735 5734 kmem_free(packed, bufsize);
5736 5735
5737 5736 VERIFY(0 == dmu_bonus_hold(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, FTAG, &db));
5738 5737 dmu_buf_will_dirty(db, tx);
5739 5738 *(uint64_t *)db->db_data = nvsize;
5740 5739 dmu_buf_rele(db, FTAG);
5741 5740 }
5742 5741
5743 5742 static void
5744 5743 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa_t *spa, spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, dmu_tx_t *tx,
5745 5744 const char *config, const char *entry)
5746 5745 {
5747 5746 nvlist_t *nvroot;
5748 5747 nvlist_t **list;
5749 5748 int i;
5750 5749
5751 5750 if (!sav->sav_sync)
5752 5751 return;
5753 5752
5754 5753 /*
5755 5754 * Update the MOS nvlist describing the list of available devices.
5756 5755 * spa_validate_aux() will have already made sure this nvlist is
5757 5756 * valid and the vdevs are labeled appropriately.
5758 5757 */
5759 5758 if (sav->sav_object == 0) {
5760 5759 sav->sav_object = dmu_object_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset,
5761 5760 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST, 1 << 14, DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE,
5762 5761 sizeof (uint64_t), tx);
5763 5762 VERIFY(zap_update(spa->spa_meta_objset,
5764 5763 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, entry, sizeof (uint64_t), 1,
5765 5764 &sav->sav_object, tx) == 0);
5766 5765 }
5767 5766
5768 5767 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5769 5768 if (sav->sav_count == 0) {
5770 5769 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, NULL, 0) == 0);
5771 5770 } else {
5772 5771 list = kmem_alloc(sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
5773 5772 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
5774 5773 list[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa, sav->sav_vdevs[i],
5775 5774 B_FALSE, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
5776 5775 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, list,
5777 5776 sav->sav_count) == 0);
5778 5777 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
5779 5778 nvlist_free(list[i]);
5780 5779 kmem_free(list, sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *));
5781 5780 }
5782 5781
5783 5782 spa_sync_nvlist(spa, sav->sav_object, nvroot, tx);
5784 5783 nvlist_free(nvroot);
5785 5784
5786 5785 sav->sav_sync = B_FALSE;
5787 5786 }
5788 5787
5789 5788 static void
5790 5789 spa_sync_config_object(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
5791 5790 {
5792 5791 nvlist_t *config;
5793 5792
5794 5793 if (list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list))
5795 5794 return;
5796 5795
5797 5796 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
5798 5797
5799 5798 config = spa_config_generate(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev,
5800 5799 dmu_tx_get_txg(tx), B_FALSE);
5801 5800
5802 5801 /*
5803 5802 * If we're upgrading the spa version then make sure that
5804 5803 * the config object gets updated with the correct version.
5805 5804 */
5806 5805 if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version)
5807 5806 fnvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
5808 5807 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version);
5809 5808
5810 5809 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
5811 5810
5812 5811 if (spa->spa_config_syncing)
5813 5812 nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_syncing);
5814 5813 spa->spa_config_syncing = config;
5815 5814
5816 5815 spa_sync_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, config, tx);
5817 5816 }
5818 5817
5819 5818 static void
5820 5819 spa_sync_version(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
5821 5820 {
5822 5821 uint64_t *versionp = arg;
5823 5822 uint64_t version = *versionp;
5824 5823 spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
5825 5824
5826 5825 /*
5827 5826 * Setting the version is special cased when first creating the pool.
5828 5827 */
5829 5828 ASSERT(tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL);
5830 5829
5831 5830 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version));
5832 5831 ASSERT(version >= spa_version(spa));
5833 5832
5834 5833 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
5835 5834 vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
5836 5835 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx, "version=%lld", version);
5837 5836 }
5838 5837
5839 5838 /*
5840 5839 * Set zpool properties.
5841 5840 */
5842 5841 static void
5843 5842 spa_sync_props(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
5844 5843 {
5845 5844 nvlist_t *nvp = arg;
5846 5845 spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
5847 5846 objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
5848 5847 nvpair_t *elem = NULL;
5849 5848
5850 5849 mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
5851 5850
5852 5851 while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp, elem))) {
5853 5852 uint64_t intval;
5854 5853 char *strval, *fname;
5855 5854 zpool_prop_t prop;
5856 5855 const char *propname;
5857 5856 zprop_type_t proptype;
5858 5857 zfeature_info_t *feature;
5859 5858
5860 5859 switch (prop = zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem))) {
5861 5860 case ZPROP_INVAL:
5862 5861 /*
5863 5862 * We checked this earlier in spa_prop_validate().
5864 5863 */
5865 5864 ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)));
5866 5865
5867 5866 fname = strchr(nvpair_name(elem), '@') + 1;
5868 5867 VERIFY3U(0, ==, zfeature_lookup_name(fname, &feature));
5869 5868
5870 5869 spa_feature_enable(spa, feature, tx);
5871 5870 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
5872 5871 "%s=enabled", nvpair_name(elem));
5873 5872 break;
5874 5873
5875 5874 case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION:
5876 5875 VERIFY(nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval) == 0);
5877 5876 /*
5878 5877 * The version is synced seperatly before other
5879 5878 * properties and should be correct by now.
5880 5879 */
5881 5880 ASSERT3U(spa_version(spa), >=, intval);
5882 5881 break;
5883 5882
5884 5883 case ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT:
5885 5884 /*
5886 5885 * 'altroot' is a non-persistent property. It should
5887 5886 * have been set temporarily at creation or import time.
5888 5887 */
5889 5888 ASSERT(spa->spa_root != NULL);
5890 5889 break;
5891 5890
5892 5891 case ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY:
5893 5892 case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE:
5894 5893 /*
5895 5894 * 'readonly' and 'cachefile' are also non-persisitent
5896 5895 * properties.
5897 5896 */
5898 5897 break;
5899 5898 case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT:
5900 5899 VERIFY(nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval) == 0);
5901 5900 if (spa->spa_comment != NULL)
5902 5901 spa_strfree(spa->spa_comment);
5903 5902 spa->spa_comment = spa_strdup(strval);
5904 5903 /*
5905 5904 * We need to dirty the configuration on all the vdevs
5906 5905 * so that their labels get updated. It's unnecessary
5907 5906 * to do this for pool creation since the vdev's
5908 5907 * configuratoin has already been dirtied.
5909 5908 */
5910 5909 if (tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL)
5911 5910 vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
5912 5911 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
5913 5912 "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem), strval);
5914 5913 break;
5915 5914 default:
5916 5915 /*
5917 5916 * Set pool property values in the poolprops mos object.
5918 5917 */
5919 5918 if (spa->spa_pool_props_object == 0) {
5920 5919 spa->spa_pool_props_object =
5921 5920 zap_create_link(mos, DMU_OT_POOL_PROPS,
5922 5921 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_PROPS,
5923 5922 tx);
5924 5923 }
5925 5924
5926 5925 /* normalize the property name */
5927 5926 propname = zpool_prop_to_name(prop);
5928 5927 proptype = zpool_prop_get_type(prop);
5929 5928
5930 5929 if (nvpair_type(elem) == DATA_TYPE_STRING) {
5931 5930 ASSERT(proptype == PROP_TYPE_STRING);
5932 5931 VERIFY(nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval) == 0);
5933 5932 VERIFY(zap_update(mos,
5934 5933 spa->spa_pool_props_object, propname,
5935 5934 1, strlen(strval) + 1, strval, tx) == 0);
5936 5935 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
5937 5936 "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem), strval);
5938 5937 } else if (nvpair_type(elem) == DATA_TYPE_UINT64) {
5939 5938 VERIFY(nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval) == 0);
5940 5939
5941 5940 if (proptype == PROP_TYPE_INDEX) {
5942 5941 const char *unused;
5943 5942 VERIFY(zpool_prop_index_to_string(
5944 5943 prop, intval, &unused) == 0);
5945 5944 }
5946 5945 VERIFY(zap_update(mos,
5947 5946 spa->spa_pool_props_object, propname,
5948 5947 8, 1, &intval, tx) == 0);
5949 5948 spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
5950 5949 "%s=%lld", nvpair_name(elem), intval);
5951 5950 } else {
5952 5951 ASSERT(0); /* not allowed */
5953 5952 }
5954 5953
5955 5954 switch (prop) {
5956 5955 case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION:
5957 5956 spa->spa_delegation = intval;
5958 5957 break;
5959 5958 case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS:
5960 5959 spa->spa_bootfs = intval;
5961 5960 break;
5962 5961 case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE:
5963 5962 spa->spa_failmode = intval;
5964 5963 break;
5965 5964 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND:
5966 5965 spa->spa_autoexpand = intval;
5967 5966 if (tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL)
5968 5967 spa_async_request(spa,
5969 5968 SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND);
5970 5969 break;
5971 5970 case ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO:
5972 5971 spa->spa_dedup_ditto = intval;
5973 5972 break;
5974 5973 default:
5975 5974 break;
5976 5975 }
5977 5976 }
5978 5977
5979 5978 }
5980 5979
5981 5980 mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
5982 5981 }
5983 5982
5984 5983 /*
5985 5984 * Perform one-time upgrade on-disk changes. spa_version() does not
5986 5985 * reflect the new version this txg, so there must be no changes this
5987 5986 * txg to anything that the upgrade code depends on after it executes.
5988 5987 * Therefore this must be called after dsl_pool_sync() does the sync
5989 5988 * tasks.
5990 5989 */
5991 5990 static void
5992 5991 spa_sync_upgrades(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
5993 5992 {
5994 5993 dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
5995 5994
5996 5995 ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_pass == 1);
5997 5996
5998 5997 rrw_enter(&dp->dp_config_rwlock, RW_WRITER, FTAG);
5999 5998
6000 5999 if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN &&
6001 6000 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN) {
6002 6001 dsl_pool_create_origin(dp, tx);
6003 6002
6004 6003 /* Keeping the origin open increases spa_minref */
6005 6004 spa->spa_minref += 3;
6006 6005 }
6007 6006
6008 6007 if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES &&
6009 6008 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES) {
6010 6009 dsl_pool_upgrade_clones(dp, tx);
6011 6010 }
6012 6011
6013 6012 if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES &&
6014 6013 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES) {
6015 6014 dsl_pool_upgrade_dir_clones(dp, tx);
6016 6015
6017 6016 /* Keeping the freedir open increases spa_minref */
6018 6017 spa->spa_minref += 3;
6019 6018 }
6020 6019
6021 6020 if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_FEATURES &&
6022 6021 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
6023 6022 spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa, tx);
6024 6023 }
6025 6024 rrw_exit(&dp->dp_config_rwlock, FTAG);
6026 6025 }
6027 6026
6028 6027 /*
6029 6028 * Sync the specified transaction group. New blocks may be dirtied as
6030 6029 * part of the process, so we iterate until it converges.
6031 6030 */
6032 6031 void
6033 6032 spa_sync(spa_t *spa, uint64_t txg)
6034 6033 {
6035 6034 dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
6036 6035 objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
6037 6036 bpobj_t *defer_bpo = &spa->spa_deferred_bpobj;
6038 6037 bplist_t *free_bpl = &spa->spa_free_bplist[txg & TXG_MASK];
6039 6038 vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
6040 6039 vdev_t *vd;
6041 6040 dmu_tx_t *tx;
6042 6041 int error;
6043 6042
6044 6043 VERIFY(spa_writeable(spa));
6045 6044
6046 6045 /*
6047 6046 * Lock out configuration changes.
6048 6047 */
6049 6048 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
6050 6049
6051 6050 spa->spa_syncing_txg = txg;
6052 6051 spa->spa_sync_pass = 0;
6053 6052
6054 6053 /*
6055 6054 * If there are any pending vdev state changes, convert them
6056 6055 * into config changes that go out with this transaction group.
6057 6056 */
6058 6057 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
6059 6058 while (list_head(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list) != NULL) {
6060 6059 /*
6061 6060 * We need the write lock here because, for aux vdevs,
6062 6061 * calling vdev_config_dirty() modifies sav_config.
6063 6062 * This is ugly and will become unnecessary when we
6064 6063 * eliminate the aux vdev wart by integrating all vdevs
6065 6064 * into the root vdev tree.
6066 6065 */
6067 6066 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6068 6067 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
6069 6068 while ((vd = list_head(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list)) != NULL) {
6070 6069 vdev_state_clean(vd);
6071 6070 vdev_config_dirty(vd);
6072 6071 }
6073 6072 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6074 6073 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
6075 6074 }
6076 6075 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6077 6076
6078 6077 tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, txg);
6079 6078
6080 6079 spa->spa_sync_starttime = gethrtime();
6081 6080 VERIFY(cyclic_reprogram(spa->spa_deadman_cycid,
6082 6081 spa->spa_sync_starttime + spa->spa_deadman_synctime));
6083 6082
6084 6083 /*
6085 6084 * If we are upgrading to SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE this txg,
6086 6085 * set spa_deflate if we have no raid-z vdevs.
6087 6086 */
6088 6087 if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE &&
6089 6088 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE) {
6090 6089 int i;
6091 6090
6092 6091 for (i = 0; i < rvd->vdev_children; i++) {
6093 6092 vd = rvd->vdev_child[i];
6094 6093 if (vd->vdev_deflate_ratio != SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE)
6095 6094 break;
6096 6095 }
6097 6096 if (i == rvd->vdev_children) {
6098 6097 spa->spa_deflate = TRUE;
6099 6098 VERIFY(0 == zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
6100 6099 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE,
6101 6100 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_deflate, tx));
6102 6101 }
6103 6102 }
6104 6103
6105 6104 /*
6106 6105 * If anything has changed in this txg, or if someone is waiting
6107 6106 * for this txg to sync (eg, spa_vdev_remove()), push the
6108 6107 * deferred frees from the previous txg. If not, leave them
6109 6108 * alone so that we don't generate work on an otherwise idle
6110 6109 * system.
6111 6110 */
6112 6111 if (!txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_datasets, txg) ||
6113 6112 !txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_dirs, txg) ||
6114 6113 !txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_sync_tasks, txg) ||
6115 6114 ((dsl_scan_active(dp->dp_scan) ||
6116 6115 txg_sync_waiting(dp)) && !spa_shutting_down(spa))) {
6117 6116 zio_t *zio = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 0);
6118 6117 VERIFY3U(bpobj_iterate(defer_bpo,
6119 6118 spa_free_sync_cb, zio, tx), ==, 0);
6120 6119 VERIFY0(zio_wait(zio));
6121 6120 }
6122 6121
6123 6122 /*
6124 6123 * Iterate to convergence.
6125 6124 */
6126 6125 do {
6127 6126 int pass = ++spa->spa_sync_pass;
6128 6127
6129 6128 spa_sync_config_object(spa, tx);
6130 6129 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa, &spa->spa_spares, tx,
6131 6130 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, DMU_POOL_SPARES);
6132 6131 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa, &spa->spa_l2cache, tx,
6133 6132 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE);
6134 6133 spa_errlog_sync(spa, txg);
6135 6134 dsl_pool_sync(dp, txg);
6136 6135
6137 6136 if (pass < zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free) {
6138 6137 zio_t *zio = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 0);
6139 6138 bplist_iterate(free_bpl, spa_free_sync_cb,
6140 6139 zio, tx);
6141 6140 VERIFY(zio_wait(zio) == 0);
6142 6141 } else {
6143 6142 bplist_iterate(free_bpl, bpobj_enqueue_cb,
6144 6143 defer_bpo, tx);
6145 6144 }
6146 6145
6147 6146 ddt_sync(spa, txg);
6148 6147 dsl_scan_sync(dp, tx);
6149 6148
6150 6149 while (vd = txg_list_remove(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, txg))
6151 6150 vdev_sync(vd, txg);
6152 6151
6153 6152 if (pass == 1)
6154 6153 spa_sync_upgrades(spa, tx);
6155 6154
6156 6155 } while (dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos, txg));
6157 6156
6158 6157 /*
6159 6158 * Rewrite the vdev configuration (which includes the uberblock)
6160 6159 * to commit the transaction group.
6161 6160 *
6162 6161 * If there are no dirty vdevs, we sync the uberblock to a few
6163 6162 * random top-level vdevs that are known to be visible in the
6164 6163 * config cache (see spa_vdev_add() for a complete description).
6165 6164 * If there *are* dirty vdevs, sync the uberblock to all vdevs.
6166 6165 */
6167 6166 for (;;) {
6168 6167 /*
6169 6168 * We hold SCL_STATE to prevent vdev open/close/etc.
6170 6169 * while we're attempting to write the vdev labels.
6171 6170 */
6172 6171 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
6173 6172
6174 6173 if (list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) {
6175 6174 vdev_t *svd[SPA_DVAS_PER_BP];
6176 6175 int svdcount = 0;
6177 6176 int children = rvd->vdev_children;
6178 6177 int c0 = spa_get_random(children);
6179 6178
6180 6179 for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) {
6181 6180 vd = rvd->vdev_child[(c0 + c) % children];
6182 6181 if (vd->vdev_ms_array == 0 || vd->vdev_islog)
6183 6182 continue;
6184 6183 svd[svdcount++] = vd;
6185 6184 if (svdcount == SPA_DVAS_PER_BP)
6186 6185 break;
6187 6186 }
6188 6187 error = vdev_config_sync(svd, svdcount, txg, B_FALSE);
6189 6188 if (error != 0)
6190 6189 error = vdev_config_sync(svd, svdcount, txg,
6191 6190 B_TRUE);
6192 6191 } else {
6193 6192 error = vdev_config_sync(rvd->vdev_child,
6194 6193 rvd->vdev_children, txg, B_FALSE);
6195 6194 if (error != 0)
6196 6195 error = vdev_config_sync(rvd->vdev_child,
6197 6196 rvd->vdev_children, txg, B_TRUE);
6198 6197 }
6199 6198
6200 6199 if (error == 0)
6201 6200 spa->spa_last_synced_guid = rvd->vdev_guid;
6202 6201
6203 6202 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6204 6203
6205 6204 if (error == 0)
6206 6205 break;
6207 6206 zio_suspend(spa, NULL);
6208 6207 zio_resume_wait(spa);
6209 6208 }
6210 6209 dmu_tx_commit(tx);
6211 6210
6212 6211 VERIFY(cyclic_reprogram(spa->spa_deadman_cycid, CY_INFINITY));
6213 6212
6214 6213 /*
6215 6214 * Clear the dirty config list.
6216 6215 */
6217 6216 while ((vd = list_head(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) != NULL)
6218 6217 vdev_config_clean(vd);
6219 6218
6220 6219 /*
6221 6220 * Now that the new config has synced transactionally,
6222 6221 * let it become visible to the config cache.
6223 6222 */
6224 6223 if (spa->spa_config_syncing != NULL) {
6225 6224 spa_config_set(spa, spa->spa_config_syncing);
6226 6225 spa->spa_config_txg = txg;
6227 6226 spa->spa_config_syncing = NULL;
6228 6227 }
6229 6228
6230 6229 spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
6231 6230
6232 6231 dsl_pool_sync_done(dp, txg);
6233 6232
6234 6233 /*
6235 6234 * Update usable space statistics.
6236 6235 */
6237 6236 while (vd = txg_list_remove(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, TXG_CLEAN(txg)))
6238 6237 vdev_sync_done(vd, txg);
6239 6238
6240 6239 spa_update_dspace(spa);
6241 6240
6242 6241 /*
6243 6242 * It had better be the case that we didn't dirty anything
6244 6243 * since vdev_config_sync().
6245 6244 */
6246 6245 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_datasets, txg));
6247 6246 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_dirs, txg));
6248 6247 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, txg));
6249 6248
6250 6249 spa->spa_sync_pass = 0;
6251 6250
6252 6251 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
6253 6252
6254 6253 spa_handle_ignored_writes(spa);
6255 6254
6256 6255 /*
6257 6256 * If any async tasks have been requested, kick them off.
6258 6257 */
6259 6258 spa_async_dispatch(spa);
6260 6259 }
6261 6260
6262 6261 /*
6263 6262 * Sync all pools. We don't want to hold the namespace lock across these
6264 6263 * operations, so we take a reference on the spa_t and drop the lock during the
6265 6264 * sync.
6266 6265 */
6267 6266 void
6268 6267 spa_sync_allpools(void)
6269 6268 {
6270 6269 spa_t *spa = NULL;
6271 6270 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6272 6271 while ((spa = spa_next(spa)) != NULL) {
6273 6272 if (spa_state(spa) != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE ||
6274 6273 !spa_writeable(spa) || spa_suspended(spa))
6275 6274 continue;
6276 6275 spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
6277 6276 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6278 6277 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), 0);
6279 6278 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6280 6279 spa_close(spa, FTAG);
6281 6280 }
6282 6281 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6283 6282 }
6284 6283
6285 6284 /*
6286 6285 * ==========================================================================
6287 6286 * Miscellaneous routines
6288 6287 * ==========================================================================
6289 6288 */
6290 6289
6291 6290 /*
6292 6291 * Remove all pools in the system.
6293 6292 */
6294 6293 void
6295 6294 spa_evict_all(void)
6296 6295 {
6297 6296 spa_t *spa;
6298 6297
6299 6298 /*
6300 6299 * Remove all cached state. All pools should be closed now,
6301 6300 * so every spa in the AVL tree should be unreferenced.
6302 6301 */
6303 6302 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6304 6303 while ((spa = spa_next(NULL)) != NULL) {
6305 6304 /*
6306 6305 * Stop async tasks. The async thread may need to detach
6307 6306 * a device that's been replaced, which requires grabbing
6308 6307 * spa_namespace_lock, so we must drop it here.
6309 6308 */
6310 6309 spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
6311 6310 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6312 6311 spa_async_suspend(spa);
6313 6312 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6314 6313 spa_close(spa, FTAG);
6315 6314
6316 6315 if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
6317 6316 spa_unload(spa);
6318 6317 spa_deactivate(spa);
6319 6318 }
6320 6319 spa_remove(spa);
6321 6320 }
6322 6321 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6323 6322 }
6324 6323
6325 6324 vdev_t *
6326 6325 spa_lookup_by_guid(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, boolean_t aux)
6327 6326 {
6328 6327 vdev_t *vd;
6329 6328 int i;
6330 6329
6331 6330 if ((vd = vdev_lookup_by_guid(spa->spa_root_vdev, guid)) != NULL)
6332 6331 return (vd);
6333 6332
6334 6333 if (aux) {
6335 6334 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++) {
6336 6335 vd = spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i];
6337 6336 if (vd->vdev_guid == guid)
6338 6337 return (vd);
6339 6338 }
6340 6339
6341 6340 for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
6342 6341 vd = spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i];
6343 6342 if (vd->vdev_guid == guid)
6344 6343 return (vd);
6345 6344 }
6346 6345 }
6347 6346
6348 6347 return (NULL);
6349 6348 }
6350 6349
6351 6350 void
6352 6351 spa_upgrade(spa_t *spa, uint64_t version)
6353 6352 {
6354 6353 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
6355 6354
6356 6355 spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
6357 6356
6358 6357 /*
6359 6358 * This should only be called for a non-faulted pool, and since a
6360 6359 * future version would result in an unopenable pool, this shouldn't be
6361 6360 * possible.
6362 6361 */
6363 6362 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version));
6364 6363 ASSERT(version >= spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version);
6365 6364
6366 6365 spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
6367 6366 vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
6368 6367
6369 6368 spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
6370 6369
6371 6370 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), 0);
6372 6371 }
6373 6372
6374 6373 boolean_t
6375 6374 spa_has_spare(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid)
6376 6375 {
6377 6376 int i;
6378 6377 uint64_t spareguid;
6379 6378 spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_spares;
6380 6379
6381 6380 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
6382 6381 if (sav->sav_vdevs[i]->vdev_guid == guid)
6383 6382 return (B_TRUE);
6384 6383
6385 6384 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_npending; i++) {
6386 6385 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(sav->sav_pending[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
6387 6386 &spareguid) == 0 && spareguid == guid)
6388 6387 return (B_TRUE);
6389 6388 }
6390 6389
6391 6390 return (B_FALSE);
6392 6391 }
6393 6392
6394 6393 /*
6395 6394 * Check if a pool has an active shared spare device.
6396 6395 * Note: reference count of an active spare is 2, as a spare and as a replace
6397 6396 */
6398 6397 static boolean_t
6399 6398 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t *spa)
6400 6399 {
6401 6400 int i, refcnt;
6402 6401 uint64_t pool;
6403 6402 spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_spares;
6404 6403
6405 6404 for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) {
6406 6405 if (spa_spare_exists(sav->sav_vdevs[i]->vdev_guid, &pool,
6407 6406 &refcnt) && pool != 0ULL && pool == spa_guid(spa) &&
6408 6407 refcnt > 2)
6409 6408 return (B_TRUE);
6410 6409 }
6411 6410
6412 6411 return (B_FALSE);
6413 6412 }
6414 6413
6415 6414 /*
6416 6415 * Post a sysevent corresponding to the given event. The 'name' must be one of
6417 6416 * the event definitions in sys/sysevent/eventdefs.h. The payload will be
6418 6417 * filled in from the spa and (optionally) the vdev. This doesn't do anything
6419 6418 * in the userland libzpool, as we don't want consumers to misinterpret ztest
6420 6419 * or zdb as real changes.
6421 6420 */
6422 6421 void
6423 6422 spa_event_notify(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd, const char *name)
6424 6423 {
6425 6424 #ifdef _KERNEL
6426 6425 sysevent_t *ev;
6427 6426 sysevent_attr_list_t *attr = NULL;
6428 6427 sysevent_value_t value;
6429 6428 sysevent_id_t eid;
6430 6429
6431 6430 ev = sysevent_alloc(EC_ZFS, (char *)name, SUNW_KERN_PUB "zfs",
6432 6431 SE_SLEEP);
6433 6432
6434 6433 value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_STRING;
6435 6434 value.value.sv_string = spa_name(spa);
6436 6435 if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_POOL_NAME, &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0)
6437 6436 goto done;
6438 6437
6439 6438 value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_UINT64;
6440 6439 value.value.sv_uint64 = spa_guid(spa);
6441 6440 if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_POOL_GUID, &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0)
6442 6441 goto done;
6443 6442
6444 6443 if (vd) {
6445 6444 value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_UINT64;
6446 6445 value.value.sv_uint64 = vd->vdev_guid;
6447 6446 if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_VDEV_GUID, &value,
6448 6447 SE_SLEEP) != 0)
6449 6448 goto done;
6450 6449
6451 6450 if (vd->vdev_path) {
6452 6451 value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_STRING;
6453 6452 value.value.sv_string = vd->vdev_path;
6454 6453 if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_VDEV_PATH,
6455 6454 &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0)
6456 6455 goto done;
6457 6456 }
6458 6457 }
6459 6458
6460 6459 if (sysevent_attach_attributes(ev, attr) != 0)
6461 6460 goto done;
6462 6461 attr = NULL;
6463 6462
6464 6463 (void) log_sysevent(ev, SE_SLEEP, &eid);
6465 6464
6466 6465 done:
6467 6466 if (attr)
6468 6467 sysevent_free_attr(attr);
6469 6468 sysevent_free(ev);
6470 6469 #endif
6471 6470 }
↓ open down ↓ |
1174 lines elided |
↑ open up ↑ |
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX